The cleanup_if() callback is the inverse of init_if(). We allocate our
'card' interface structure in the probe() function, but we free it in
cleanup_if(). That gives a few problems:
(a) we leak this memory if probe() fails before we reach init_if()
(b) we can't safely utilize 'card' after cleanup_if() -- namely, in
remove() or suspend(), both of which might race with the cleanup
paths in our asynchronous FW initialization path
Solution: just use devm_kzalloc(), which will free this structure
properly when the device is removed -- and drop the set_drvdata(...,
NULL), since the driver core does this for us. This also removes the
temptation to use drvdata == NULL as a hack for checking if the device
has been "cleaned up."
I *do* leave the set_drvdata(..., NULL) for the hacky SDIO
mwifiex_recreate_adapter(), since the device core won't be able to clear
that one for us.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Firmware may reject calibration data from host for certain OTP
settings. In that case, we should continue initialisation ignoring
the failure.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds power save parameters(hs_wake_interval and
hs_inactivity_timeout) in host sleep cfg cmd.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhen Li <szli@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We added a bunch of new Mellanox device ID definitions because they'll be
used by INTx quirks. Use them in the mlx4 ID table also so grep can find
both places. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
As sugested by Joe Perches, we could replace all
if (netif_msg_type(priv)) dev_xxx(priv->devices, ...)
by the simpler macro netif_xxx(priv, hw, priv->dev, ...)
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some printing have the function name hardcoded.
It is better to use __func__ instead.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stmmac driver use lots of pr_xxx functions to print information.
This is bad since we cannot know which device logs the information.
(moreover if two stmmac device are present)
Furthermore, it seems that it assumes wrongly that all logs will always
be subsequent by using a dev_xxx then some indented pr_xxx like this:
kernel: sun7i-dwmac 1c50000.ethernet: no reset control found
kernel: Ring mode enabled
kernel: No HW DMA feature register supported
kernel: Normal descriptors
kernel: TX Checksum insertion supported
So this patch replace all pr_xxx by their netdev_xxx counterpart.
Excepts for some printing where netdev "cause" unpretty output like:
sun7i-dwmac 1c50000.ethernet (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized): no reset control found
In those case, I keep dev_xxx.
In the same time I remove some "stmmac:" print since
this will be a duplicate with that dev_xxx displays.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe.montjoie@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling napi_hash_del() after netif_napi_del() is pointless.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the of_node reference taken in fixed_phy_register()
when deregistering a PHY.
Fixes: a759512174 ("net: phy: extend fixed driver with
fixed_phy_register()")
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need calling napi_hash_del()+synchronize_rcu() before
calling netif_napi_del()
netif_napi_del() does this already.
Using napi_hash_del() in a driver is useful only when dealing with
a batch of NAPI structures, so that a single synchronize_rcu() can
be used. mlx4_en_deactivate_cq() is deactivating a single NAPI.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SSIDs aren't guaranteed to be 0-terminated. Let's cap the max length
when we print them out.
This can be easily noticed by connecting to a network with a 32-octet
SSID:
[ 3903.502925] mwifiex_pcie 0000:01:00.0: info: trying to associate to
'0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef <uninitialized mem>' bssid
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
Fixes: 5e6e3a92b9 ("wireless: mwifiex: initial commit for Marvell mwifiex driver")
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It is not allowed to call kfree_skb() from hardware interrupt
context or with interrupts being disabled, spin_lock_irqsave()
make sure always in irq disable context. So the kfree_skb()
should be replaced with dev_kfree_skb_irq().
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On x86, the cw1200 driver produces a rather silly warning about the
possible use of the 'ret' variable without an initialization
presumably after being confused by the architecture specific definition
of WARN_ON:
drivers/net/wireless/st/cw1200/wsm.c: In function ‘wsm_handle_rx’:
drivers/net/wireless/st/cw1200/wsm.c:1457:9: error: ‘ret’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
We have already checked that 'count' is larger than 0 here, so
we know that 'ret' is initialized. Changing the 'for' loop
into do/while also makes this clear to the compiler.
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The hostap_80211_rx() function is supposed to set up the mac addresses
for four possible cases, based on two bits of input data. For
some reason, gcc decides that it's possible that none of the these
four cases apply and the addresses remain uninitialized:
drivers/net/wireless/intersil/hostap/hostap_80211_rx.c: In function ‘hostap_80211_rx’:
arch/x86/include/asm/string_32.h:77:14: warning: ‘src’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/libipw_rx.c: In function ‘libipw_rx’:
arch/x86/include/asm/string_32.h:77:14: error: ‘dst’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
arch/x86/include/asm/string_32.h:78:22: error: ‘*((void *)&dst+4)’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
This warning is clearly nonsense, but changing the last case into
'default' makes it obvious to the compiler too, which avoids the
warning and probably leads to better object code too.
The same code is duplicated several times in the kernel, so this
patch uses the same workaround for all copies. The exact configuration
was hit only very rarely in randconfig builds and I only saw it
in three drivers, but I assume that all of them are potentially
affected, and it's better to keep the code consistent.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
gcc 7 complains:
drivers/net/wireless/intersil/p54/fwio.c: In function 'p54_scan':
drivers/net/wireless/intersil/p54/fwio.c:491:4: warning: 'memset' used with length equal to number of elements without multiplication by element size [-Wmemset-elt-size]
Fix that by passing the correct size to memset.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This simplifies debugging. Format %s (%u) comes from similar debugging
message in brcmf_fweh_event_worker.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* Command frame vap_capabilites is modified to use for vap add, vap delete
and vap update in firmware, hence new filed vap status is added.
* When interface is down this frame needs to be send with vap status delete.
Otherwise it is considered as wrong frame for the same interface in firmware.
* vap_update status is reserved for future.
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Observed crash when module is unloaded if CONFIG_RSI_DEBUGSFS is not set.
Fix: Debugfs entry removal moved inside CONFIG_RSI_DEBUGSFS flag in
function rsi_mac80211_detach()
Memory leak found and fixed for below structures in function rsi_mac80211_detach()
* channel list for each supported band
* rsi debugfs info
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When in AP mode, scans can be done without changing firmware to
the multi-role firmware. Allow the interface to scan if forced
in the scan request.
Signed-off-by: James Minor <james.minor@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Shelton <ben.shelton@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since this driver was added to the kernel, the checkpatch script was
modified to request that the address of the FSF not be included.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since this driver was added to the kernel, the checkpatch script was
modified to request that the address of the FSF not be included.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since this driver was added to the kernel, the checkpatch script was
modified to request that the address of the FSF not be included.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since this driver was added to the kernel, the checkpatch script was
modified to request that the address of the FSF not be included.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since this driver was added to the kernel, the checkpatch script was
modified to request that the address of the FSF not be included.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since this driver was added to the kernel, the checkpatch script was
modified to request that the address of the FSF not be included.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since this driver was added to the kernel, the checkpatch script was
modified to request that the address of the FSF not be included.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since this driver was added to the kernel, the checkpatch script was
modified to request that the address of the FSF not be included.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Register the WLAN device as a wakeup source since it can
wake the system via wake-on-wireless-lan. In an actual wowlan
event, notify the PM core that we are the current wakeup source.
This allows the PM core to update the wakeup attributes in /sys.
This was causing wakeup issues on chromeos as the system was
apparently confused about the wakeup source.
Signed-off-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajat Jain <rajatja@google.com>
Tested-by: Wei-Ning Huang <wnhuang@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Caruso <ejcaruso@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This event is used by the Firmware to limit the RX BA win size
for a specific link.
The event handler updates the new size in the mac's sta->sta struct.
BA sessions opened for that link will use the new restricted
win_size. This limitation remains until a new update is received or
until the link is closed.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When starting a new BA session, we must pass the win_size to the FW.
To do this we take max_rx_aggregation_subframes (BA RX win size)
which is stored in ieee80211_sta structure (e.g per link and not per HW)
We will use the value stored per link when passing the win_size to
firmware through the ACX_BA_SESSION_RX_SETUP command.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add a missing synchronize_net() call to avoid potential use after free,
since we explicitly call napi_hash_del() to factorize the RCU grace
period.
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to add a minimal driver on top of the mlxsw core
infrastructure, which will be mainly used for hardware monitoring in
Baseboard management controller (BMC) installations.
Unlike the switch drivers (e.g., spectrum, switchx2), this driver does not
initialize the ASIC and therefore doesn't need to implement the init() and
fini() methods in its 'mlxsw_driver' struct.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add I2C bus implementation for Mellanox Technologies Switch ASICs.
This includes command interface implementation using input / out mailboxes,
whose location is retrieved from the firmware during probe time.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mlxsw core infrastructure currently assumes that communication with
the ASIC is always possible using Ethernet management datagrams (EMADs),
but this is only possible when the PCI bus is used.
The bus capability flag is added to indicate EMAD support and make core
initialize EMAD communication only when it's set. Otherwise, register
access is done using command interface.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Pasternak <vadimp@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
knav_queue_open always returns an ERR_PTR value, never NULL. This can be
confirmed by unfolding the function calls and conforms to the function's
documentation. Thus, replace IS_ERR_OR_NULL by IS_ERR in error checks.
The change is made using the following semantic patch:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression x;
statement S;
@@
x = knav_queue_open(...);
if (
- IS_ERR_OR_NULL
+ IS_ERR
(x)) S
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently have a fundamental problem in how we treat the CPU port and
its VLAN membership. As soon as a second VLAN is configured to be
untagged, the CPU automatically becomes untagged for that VLAN as well,
and yet, we don't gracefully make sure that the CPU becomes tagged in
the other VLANs it could be a member of. This results in only one VLAN
being effectively usable from the CPU's perspective.
Instead of having some pretty complex logic which tries to maintain the
CPU port's default VLAN and its untagged properties, just do something
very simple which consists in neither altering the CPU port's PVID
settings, nor its untagged settings:
- whenever a VLAN is added, the CPU is automatically a member of this
VLAN group, as a tagged member
- PVID settings for downstream ports do not alter the CPU port's PVID
since it now is part of all VLANs in the system
This means that a typical example where e.g: LAN ports are in VLAN1, and
WAN port is in VLAN2, now require having two VLAN interfaces for the
host to properly terminate and send traffic from/to.
Fixes: Fixes: a2482d2ce3 ("net: dsa: b53: Plug in VLAN support")
Reported-by: Hartmut Knaack <knaack.h@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newer chips have proper support for 4-tuple UDP RSS.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some dual port NICs, the speed setting on one port can affect the
available speed on the other port. Add logic to detect these changes
and adjust the advertised speed settings when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new FORCE_LINK_DWN bit to shutdown link during close.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New Cadence GEM hardware support Large Segment Offload (LSO):
TCP segmentation offload (TSO) as well as UDP fragmentation
offload (UFO). Support for those features was added to the driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With RGMII, we need a 1.5 to 2ns skew between clock and data lines. The
VSC8601 can handle this internally. While the VSC8601 can set more
fine-grained delays, the standard skew settings work out of the box.
The same heuristic is used to determine when this skew should be enabled
as in vsc824x_config_init().
Tested on custom board with AM3352 SOC and VSC801 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling napi_hash_del() before netif_napi_del() is dangerous
if a synchronize_rcu() is not enforced before NAPI struct freeing.
Lets leave this detail to core networking stack and feel
more comfortable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling napi_hash_del() before netif_napi_del() is dangerous
if a synchronize_rcu() is not enforced before NAPI struct freeing.
Lets leave this detail to core networking stack and feel
more comfortable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
Cc: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Cc: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netdev->real_num_rx_queues setting is only available if CONFIG_SYSFS
is enabled, so we now get a build failure when that is turned off:
netronome/nfp/nfp_net_common.c: In function 'nfp_net_ring_swap_enable':
netronome/nfp/nfp_net_common.c:2489:18: error: 'struct net_device' has no member named 'real_num_rx_queues'; did you mean 'real_num_tx_queues'?
As far as I can tell, the check here is only used as an optimization that
we can skip in order to fix the compilation. If sysfs is disabled,
the following netif_set_real_num_rx_queues() has no effect.
Fixes: 164d1e9e5d ("nfp: add support for ethtool .set_channels")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling napi_hash_del() after netif_napi_del() is pointless.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Cc: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent merge commit bb598c1b8c ("Merge
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net") would cause
the FIB abort warning to fire whenever we flush the FIB tables - either
during module removal or actual abort.
Move it back to its rightful location in the FIB abort function.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SPEED_UNFORCED indicates the MAC & PHY should perform
auto-negotiation to determine a speed which works. If this is called
for, don't set the force bit. If it is set, the MAC actually does
10Gbps, why the internal PHYs don't support.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems many drivers do not respect napi_hash_del() contract.
When napi_hash_del() is used before netif_napi_del(), an RCU grace
period is needed before freeing NAPI object.
Fixes: 91815639d8 ("virtio-net: rx busy polling support")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GPIO support in the hardware allows for up to 16 GPIO pins, enumerated
from 0 to 15. The driver uses the wrong value (16) to validate the GPIO
pin range in the routines to set and clear the GPIO output pins. Update
the code to use the correct value (15).
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The debugfs support in the driver uses a common routine to write the
debugfs values. In this routine, if the input file position is non-zero
then the write routine will not return an error and an output parameter
will not have been set. Because an error isn't returned an uninitialized
value will be written into a register.
Fix the common write routine to return an error if the input file position
is non-zero, which will propagate back to the caller.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ethtool::nway_reset using phy_ethtool_nway_reset. We are
already using dev->phydev all over the place so this comes for free.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ethtool::nway_reset using phy_ethtool_nway_reset. We are
already using dev->phydev all over the place so this comes for free.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ethtool::nway_reset using phy_ethtool_nway_reset. We are
already using dev->phydev all over the place so this comes for free.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ethtool::nway_reset using phy_ethtool_nway_reset. We are
already using dev->phydev all over the place so this comes for free.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Utilize the generic phy_ethtool_nway_reset() helper function to
implement an autonegotiation restart.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch from napi_complete() to napi_complete_done()
for better GRO support (gro_flush_timeout) and core NAPI
features.
Do not rearm interrupts if we are busy polling,
to reduce bus and interrupts overhead.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Adam Belay <abelay@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not rearm interrupts if we are busy polling.
mlx4 uses separate CQ for TX and RX, so number of TX interrupts
does not change, unfortunately.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Adam Belay <abelay@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the following
1. When interface is being teardown and queues are being cleaned up,
free pending SKBs that are in SQ which are either not transmitted
or freed as NAPI is disabled by that time.
2. While interface initialization, delay CFG_DONE notification till
the end to avoid corner cases where TXQs are enabled but CQ
interrupts are not which results blocking transmission and kicking
off watchdog.
3. Check for IFF_UP while re-enabling RBDR interrupts from tasklet.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes multiple issues
1. Convert all driver statistics to percpu counters for accuracy.
2. To avoid multiple CQEs posted by a TSO packet appended to HW,
TSO pkt's SQE has 'post_cqe' not set but a dummy SQE is added
for getting HW transmit completion notification. This dummy
SQE has 'dont_send' set and HW drops the pkt pointed to in this
thus Tx drop counter increases. This patch fixes this by subtracting
SW tx tso counter from HW Tx drop counter for actual packet drop counter.
3. Reset all individual queue's and VNIC HW stats when interface is going down.
4. Getrid off unnecessary counters in hot path.
5. Bringout all CQE error stats i.e both Rx and Tx.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes enabling of HW verification of L3/L4 length and
TCP/UDP checksum which is currently being cleared. Also fixed VLAN
stripping config which is being cleared when multiqset is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Programming LMAC credits taking 9K frame size by default is incorrect
as for an interface which is one of the many on the same BGX/QLM
no of credits available will be less as Tx FIFO will be divided
across all interfaces. So let's say a BGX with 40G interface and another
BGX with multiple 10G, bandwidth of 10G interfaces will be effected when
traffic is running on both 40G and 10G interfaces simultaneously.
This patch fixes this issue by programming credits based on netdev's MTU.
Also fixed configuring MTU to HW and added CQE counter for pkts which
exceed this value.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the 'bgx_id' determination on 83xx where there are
4 BGX blocks instead of 2 on other platforms.
Signed-off-by: Radha Mohan Chintakuntla <rchintakuntla@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Goutham <sgoutham@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to break the hard dependency between the PTP clock subsystem and
ethernet drivers capable of being clock providers, this patch provides
simple PTP stub functions to allow linkage of those drivers into the
kernel even when the PTP subsystem is configured out. Drivers must be
ready to accept NULL from ptp_clock_register() in that case.
And to make it possible for PTP to be configured out, the select statement
in those driver's Kconfig menu entries is converted to the new "imply"
statement. This way the PTP subsystem may have Kconfig dependencies of
its own, such as POSIX_TIMERS, without having to make those ethernet
drivers unavailable if POSIX timers are cconfigured out. And when support
for POSIX timers is selected again then the default config option for PTP
clock support will automatically be adjusted accordingly.
The pch_gbe driver is a bit special as it relies on extra code in
drivers/ptp/ptp_pch.c. Therefore we let the make process descend into
drivers/ptp/ even if PTP_1588_CLOCK is unselected.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Cc: linux-kbuild@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1478841010-28605-4-git-send-email-nicolas.pitre@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Enable multiple tx queues by default based on the number of online cpus. The
hardware supports up to four tx queues.
Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the module parameter to enable msi-x support and enable msi-x
interrupts unconditionally by default. This is a preparatory step to enable
multi queue support by default, because this is only working with msi-x
interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares the tx path to send data on multiple tx queues. It
introduces per queue register adresses and uses them in the alx_tx_queue
structs.
There are new helper functions for the queue mapping in the tx path.
Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate, initialise and free alx_tx_queue structs based on the number of
alx_napi structures. Also increase the size of the descriptor memory based
on the number of tx queues in use.
Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the interrupt bringup code and the interrupt handler for msi-x
interrupts in order to handle multiple queues.
We must change the poll function because with multiple queues it is possible
that an alx_napi structure has only a tx or only a rx queue pointer.
Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the tx and rx queue structures from the alx_priv structure and switch
everything over to the queue pointers in the alx_napi structure.
Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new functions to allocate and free the alx_napi structures and use them
in __alx_open and __alx_stop. We only allocate one of these structures for
now, as the rest of the driver is not yet ready for multiple queues.
We switch over the setup of the interrupt mask and the call to netif_napi_add
to the new function because we must adjust these later on a per queue basis.
Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the driver data structures to be able to handle multiple queues.
Based on the downstream driver at github.com/qca/alx
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split the allocation of descriptor memory and the buffer allocation into a
tx and rx function. This is in preparation for multiple queues where we
need to iterate over the new functions.
While at it drop the unneeded casting on the rx side.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Regnery <tobias.regnery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add trace points on the hot processing path.
Signed-off-by: Ruxandra Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export Frame Queue and Buffer Pool IDs through sysfs.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a series of counters to be exported through ethtool:
- add detailed counters for reception errors;
- add detailed counters for QMan enqueue reject events;
- count the number of fragmented skbs received from the stack;
- count all frames received on the Tx confirmation path;
- add congestion group statistics;
- count the number of interrupts for each CPU.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces the Freescale Data Path Acceleration Architecture
(DPAA) Ethernet driver (dpaa_eth) that builds upon the DPAA QMan,
BMan, PAMU and FMan drivers to deliver Ethernet connectivity on
the Freescale DPAA QorIQ platforms.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New checkpatch script shows some errors with pre-existing
driver. This patch provides fix for those errors.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updated copyrights comments and also changed some other comments
alignments.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleaned up unnecessary comments and added some minor macros.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cleaned up resource leaks during destroy resources by
introducing more device states.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for VF related operations like mac address vlan
and link changes.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for mailbox interrupt processing of various
commands.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for mailbox communication between PF and VF.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds sysfs based support for enabling or disabling VFs.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for configuring HW for creating VFs.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix up some warnings that were identified by coccinelle:
Clean up an if/else block that can look confusing since the same statement
is executed in an "else if" check and the final "else" statement.
Change a variable from unsigned int to int since it is used in an if
statement checking the value to be less than 0.
Reported-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The application of a mask to clear an area of a clause 37 register value
was not properly applied. Update the code to do the proper application
of the mask.
Reported-by: Marion & Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The EMAC EMAC_RX_IO_DATA_REG data register is dual-purpose: On one hand
it is used to move actual packet data off the wire. This will be in
wire-format and accepted as such by higher layers such as IP. Therefore
it is correctly read as-is (i.e. raw) using readsl.
On the other hand it provides metadata about incoming transfers to the
driver such as length and checksum validation status. This data is
little-endian, always and it is interpreted by the driver. Therefore it
needs to be swapped to CPU endianness to make sense to the driver. This
is already done for the "receive header" but not rxhdr.
Read rxhdr using readl in order for sun4i-emac to work correctly when
running a big-endian kernel.
Signed-off-by: Michael Weiser <michael.weiser@gmx.de>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sun4i-emac has the ability to print a number of diagnostic messages using
dev_dbg depending on message level settings implemented using netif_msg_*
macros. But there's no way to actually enable them.
Add the ability to switch diagnostic messages on using either a module
parameter debug or ethtool -s <netif> msglvl <flags>.
Signed-off-by: Michael Weiser <michael.weiser@gmx.de>
Cc: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stmmac driver does not take into account the processor may be big
endian when writing the DMA descriptors. This causes the ethernet
interface not to be initialised correctly when running a big-endian
kernel. Change the descriptors for DMA to use __le32 and ensure they are
suitably swapped before writing. Tested successfully on the
Cubieboard2.
Signed-off-by: Michael Weiser <michael.weiser@gmx.de>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduced a typo making the driver no longer build, *sigh*.
Fixes: 42469bf5d9 ("net: bcm63xx_enet: Utilize phy_ethtool_nway_reset")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch disable capturing multicast packets when multicast mode
disabled for ethernet ('ifconfig eth0 -multicast'). In that case
no multicast packet will be passed to kernel.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Multicast support was implemented by commit 775dd682e2
('arc_emac: implement promiscuous mode and multicast filtering').
It can be enabled explicity using 'ifconfig eth0 multicast'.
The patch is needed in order to remove explicit configuration
as most devices has multicast mode enabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the ethtool stats for PTP frames; previous
version does not take care about some message types: i.e.
announce, management and signaling. It also provided a
broken statistic in case of "No PTP message received".
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Acked-by: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to bad management of the descriptors, when use ptp4l,
kernel panics as shown below:
-----------------------------------------------------------
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual
address 000001ac
...
Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] SMP ARM
...
Hardware name: STi SoC with Flattened Device Tree
task: c0c05e80 task.stack: c0c00000
PC is at dwmac4_wrback_get_tx_timestamp_status+0x0/0xc
LR is at stmmac_tx_clean+0x2f8/0x4d4
-----------------------------------------------------------
In case of GMAC4 the extended descriptor pointers were
used for getting the timestamp. These are NULL for this HW,
and the normal ones must be used.
The PTP also had problems on this chip due to the bad
register management and issues on the algo adopted to
setup the PTP and getting the timestamp values from the
descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Acked-by: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to update this file by using BIT macros, removing
not used defines and fixes some typos.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Acked-by: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Langer <Thomas.langer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function just calls into genphy_restart_aneg() to perform an
autonegotation restart.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/vxlan.c: In function ‘vxlan_xmit_one’:
drivers/net/vxlan.c:2141:10: warning: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Existing vxlan xmit function handles two distinct cases.
1. vxlan net device
2. vxlan lwt device.
By seperating initialization these two cases the egress path
looks better.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid code duplicate code for handling RTF_LOCAL routes.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move route sanity check to respective vxlan[4/6]_get_route functions.
This allows us to perform all sanity checks before caching the dst so
that we can avoid these checks on subsequent packets.
This give move accurate metadata information for packet from
fill_metadata_dst().
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vxlan egress path error handling has became complicated, it
need to handle IPv4 and IPv6 tunnel cases.
Earlier patch removes vlan handling from vxlan_build_skb(), so
vxlan_build_skb does not need to free skb and we can simplify
the xmit path by having single error handling for both type of
tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the vxlan socket in vxlan6_getroute().
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VxLan device does not have special handling for vlan taging on egress.
Therefore it does not make sense to expose vlan offloading feature.
This patch does not change vxlan functinality.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TSE PCS SGMII ethernet has an issue where switching speed doesn't work
caused by a faulty register macro offset. This fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Jia Jie Ho <ho.jia.jie@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The word "background" contains 10 characters so the third argument of
strncmp() need to be 10 in order to match this prefix correctly.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Iooss <nicolas.iooss_linux@m4x.org>
Fixes: 855aed1220 ("ath10k: add spectral scan feature")
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Remove extraneous error message in 'ath10k_htt_tx_alloc_cont_frag_desc'
as the caller 'ath10k_htt_tx_alloc' already dumps a proper error
message
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
cleanup 'ath10k_htt_tx_alloc' by introducing the API's
'ath10k_htt_tx_alloc/free_{cont_txbuf, txdone_fifo} and
re-use them whereever needed
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This partially reverts 'commit 2cdce425aa
("ath10k: Fix broken NULL func data frame status for 10.4")'
Unfortunately this breaks sending NULL func and the existing
issue of obtaining proper tx status for NULL function will be
fixed. Also update the comments for feature flag added to be
useless and not working
Fixes: 2cdce425aa "ath10k: Fix broken NULL func data frame status for
10.4"
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This switches ath9k over to using the mac80211 intermediate software
queueing mechanism for data packets. It removes the queueing inside the
driver, except for the retry queue, and instead pulls from mac80211 when
a packet is needed. The retry queue is used to store a packet that was
pulled but can't be sent immediately.
The old code path in ath_tx_start that would queue packets has been
removed completely, as has the qlen limit tunables (since there's no
longer a queue in the driver to limit).
The mac80211 intermediate software queues offer significant latency
reductions, and this patch allows ath9k to realise them. The exact gains
from this varies with the test scenario, but in an access point scenario
we have seen latency reductions ranging from 1/3 to as much as an order
of magnitude. We also achieve slightly better aggregation.
Median latency (ping) figures with this patch applied at the access point,
with two high-rate stations and one low-rate station (HT20 5Ghz), running
a Flent rtt_fair_var_up test with one TCP flow and one ping flow going to
each station:
Fast station Slow station
Default pfifo_fast qdisc: 430.4 ms 638.7 ms
fq_codel qdisc on iface: 35.5 ms 211.8 ms
This patch set: 22.4 ms 38.2 ms
Median aggregation sizes over the same test:
Default pfifo_fast qdisc: 9.5 pkts 1.9 pkts
fq_codel qdisc on iface: 11.2 pkts 1.9 pkts
This patch set: 13.9 pkts 1.9 pkts
This patch is based on Tim's original patch set, but reworked quite
thoroughly.
Cc: Tim Shepard <shep@alum.mit.edu>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add missing space in a dev_err message and join wrapped text so
it does not span multiple lines. Fix spelling mistake on "unknown".
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows setting the MAC address and specifying that the firmware
will be requested from userspace (because there might not be a hardware
EEPROM connected to the chip) for ath9k based PCI devices using
the device tree.
There is some out-of-tree code to "convert devicetree to
ath9k_platform_data" (for example in OpenWrt and LEDE) which becomes
obsolete with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This can be used when the ath_bus_type has to be presented in a log
message or firmware filename.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The active_high LED of my Wistron DNMA-92 is still being recognized as
active_low on 4.7.6 mainline. When I was preparing my former commit
0f9edcdd88 ("ath9k: Fix LED polarity for some Mini PCI AR9220 MB92
cards.") to fix that I must have somehow messed up with testing, because
I tested the final version of that patch before sending it, and it was
apparently working; but now it is not working on 4.7.6 mainline.
I initially added the PCI_DEVICE_SUB section for 0x0029/0x2096 above the
PCI_VDEVICE section for 0x0029; but then I moved the former below the
latter after seeing how 0x002A sections were sorted in the file.
This turned out to be wrong: if a generic PCI_VDEVICE entry (that has
both subvendor and subdevice IDs set to PCI_ANY_ID) is put before a more
specific one (PCI_DEVICE_SUB), then the generic PCI_VDEVICE entry will
match first and will be used.
With this patch, 0x0029/0x2096 has finally got active_high LED on 4.7.6.
While I'm at it, let's fix 0x002A too by also moving its generic definition
below its specific ones.
Fixes: 0f9edcdd88 ("ath9k: Fix LED polarity for some Mini PCI AR9220 MB92 cards.")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #4.7+
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: improve the commit log based on email discussions]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Due to the cast from uint32_t to int64_t, a wrong next beacon timing is
calculated and effectively the beacon timer stops working. This is
especially bad for 802.11s mesh networks, because discovery breaks
without beacons.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Beichler <benjamin.beichler@uni-rostock.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since commit b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications
instead of switchdev calls") we reflect to the device the entire FIB
table and not only FIBs that point to netdevs created by the driver.
During module removal, FIBs of the second type are removed following
NETDEV_UNREGISTER events sent. The other FIBs are still present in both
the driver's cache and the device's table.
Fix this by iterating over all the FIB tables in the device and flush
them. There's no need to take locks, as we're the only writer.
Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While it is useful to know which MDIO driver is being registered, demote
the pr_info() to a pr_debug().
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 52f95bbfcf ("stmmac: fix adjust link call in case of a switch
is attached") added some logic to avoid polling the fixed PHY and
therefore invoking the adjust_link callback more than once, since this
is a fixed PHY and link events won't be generated.
This works fine the first time, because we start with phydev->irq =
PHY_POLL, so we call adjust_link, then we set phydev->irq =
PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT and we stop polling the PHY.
Now, if we called ndo_close(), which calls both phy_stop() and does an
explicit netif_carrier_off(), we end up with a link down. Upon calling
ndo_open() again, despite starting the PHY state machine, we have
PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT set, and we generate no link event at all, so the
link is permanently down.
Fixes: 52f95bbfcf ("stmmac: fix adjust link call in case of a switch is attached")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The return value of function macvlan_addr_busy is used as bool value,
so use bool value instead of integer number "1" and "0".
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In-flight DMA from 1st kernel could continue going in kdump kernel.
New io-page table has been created before bnx2 does reset at open stage.
We have to wait for the in-flight DMA to complete to avoid it look up
into the newly created io-page table at probe stage.
Suggested-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 3e1be7ad2d.
When people build bnx2 driver into kernel, it will fail to detect
and load firmware because firmware is contained in initramfs and
initramfs has not been uncompressed yet during do_initcalls. So
revert commit 3e1be7a and work out a new way in the later patch.
Signed-off-by: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menzel <pmenzel@molgen.mpg.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake "unmached" to "unmatched" in
debug message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
The previous implementation of set_settings was modifying
the value of advertising, but with the new API, it's not
possible. The structure ethtool_link_ksettings is defined
as const.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
The previous implementation of set_settings was modifying
the value of advertising, but with the new API, it's not
possible. The structure ethtool_link_ksettings is defined
as const.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a warning that the abort mechanism was triggered for device.
Also avoid going through the procedure if abort was already done.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent refactoring of setting the MAC configuration broke setting
of RGMII delays, via the phy-mode, on the 6351 family. Add the missing
ops to the structure.
Fixes: 7340e5ecdbb1 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: setup port's MAC")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RGMII modes delays can be set via strapping pings or EEPROM.
Don't change them unless explicitly asked to change them. The recent
refactoring of setting the MAC configuration changed this behaviours,
in that CPU and DSA ports have any pre-configured RGMII delays
removed. This breaks the Armada 370RD board. Restore the previous
behaviour, in that RGMII delays are only applied/removed when
explicitly asked for via an phy-mode being PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_RGMII*
Fixes: 7340e5ecdbb1 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: setup port's MAC")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
The previous implementation of set_settings was modifying
the value of advertising, but with the new API, it's not
possible. The structure ethtool_link_ksettings is defined
as const.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake "successed" to "succeeded"
in debug message. Also unwrap multi-line literal string.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This mistake was causing debugfs directory creation
failures when multiple ibmvnic devices were probed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This structure was mapped but never subsequently unmapped.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
efx_copy_channel() doesn't correctly clear the napi_hash related state.
This means that when napi_hash_add is called for that channel nothing is
done, and we are left with a copy of the napi_hash_node from the old
channel. When we later call napi_hash_del() on this channel we have a
stale napi_hash_node.
Corruption is only seen when there are multiple entries in one of the
napi_hash lists. This is made more likely by having a very large number
of channels. Testing was carried out with 512 channels - 32 channels on
each of 16 ports.
This failure typically appears as protection faults within napi_by_id()
or napi_hash_add(). efx_copy_channel() is only used when tx or rx ring
sizes are changed (ethtool -G).
Fixes: 36763266bb ("sfc: Add support for busy polling")
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to stop ctlr if it was already stopped. It can cause timeout
warns. Steps:
- ifconfig eth0 down
- ethtool -l eth0 rx 8 tx 8
- ethtool -l eth0 rx 1 tx 1
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dma ctlr is reseted to 0 while cpdma soft reset, thus cpdma ctlr
cannot be configured after cpdma is stopped. So restoring content
of cpdma ctlr while off/on procedure is needed. The cpdma ctlr off/on
procedure is present while interface down/up and while changing number
of channels with ethtool. In order to not restore content in many
places, move it to cpdma_ctlr_start().
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device's neighbour table is periodically dumped in order to update
the kernel about active neighbours. A single dump session may span
multiple queries, until the response carries less records than requested
or when a record (can contain up to four neighbour entries) is not full.
Current code stops the session when the number of returned records is
zero, which can result in infinite loop in case of high packet rate.
Fix this by stopping the session according to the above logic.
Fixes: c723c735fa ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Periodically update the kernel's neigh table")
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When binding port to a newly created span entry, its refcount is
initialized to zero even though it has a bound port. That leads
to unexpected behaviour when the user tries to delete that port
from the span entry.
Fix this by initializing the reference count to 1.
Also add a warning to put function.
Fixes: 763b4b70af ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add support in matchall mirror TC offloading")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the physical link is down and the VF virtual link is set to "enable",
the current code does not always work. If the link is down but the
cable is attached, the firmware returns LINK_SIGNAL instead of
NO_LINK. The current code is treating LINK_SIGNAL as link up.
The fix is to treat link as down when the link_status != LINK.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The logic is missing the check on whether the tx and rx rings are sharing
completion rings or not.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of remembering if the page was changed, just compare the current
page to the saved one. This is easier and has the advantage to save a
register write if the page was already restored.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <uwe@kleine-koenig.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If usb_submit_urb() called from the open function fails, the following
crash may be observed.
r8152 8-1:1.0 eth0: intr_urb submit failed: -19
...
r8152 8-1:1.0 eth0: v1.08.3
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b7b
pgd = ffffffc0e7305000
[6b6b6b6b6b6b6b7b] *pgd=0000000000000000, *pud=0000000000000000
Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
...
PC is at notifier_chain_register+0x2c/0x58
LR is at blocking_notifier_chain_register+0x54/0x70
...
Call trace:
[<ffffffc0002407f8>] notifier_chain_register+0x2c/0x58
[<ffffffc000240bdc>] blocking_notifier_chain_register+0x54/0x70
[<ffffffc00026991c>] register_pm_notifier+0x24/0x2c
[<ffffffbffc183200>] rtl8152_open+0x3dc/0x3f8 [r8152]
[<ffffffc000808000>] __dev_open+0xac/0x104
[<ffffffc0008082f8>] __dev_change_flags+0xb0/0x148
[<ffffffc0008083c4>] dev_change_flags+0x34/0x70
[<ffffffc000818344>] do_setlink+0x2c8/0x888
[<ffffffc0008199d4>] rtnl_newlink+0x328/0x644
[<ffffffc000819e98>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x1a8/0x1d4
[<ffffffc0008373c8>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x68/0xd0
[<ffffffc000817990>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x2c/0x3c
[<ffffffc000836d1c>] netlink_unicast+0x16c/0x234
[<ffffffc00083720c>] netlink_sendmsg+0x340/0x364
[<ffffffc0007e85d0>] sock_sendmsg+0x48/0x60
[<ffffffc0007e9c30>] SyS_sendto+0xe0/0x120
[<ffffffc0007e9cb0>] SyS_send+0x40/0x4c
[<ffffffc000203e34>] el0_svc_naked+0x24/0x28
Clean up error handling to avoid registering the notifier if the open
function is going to fail.
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides support for the presence of a KR redriver chip in
between the device PCS and an external PHY. When a redriver chip is
present the device must perform clause 73 auto-negotiation in order to
set the redriver chip for the downstream connection.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the phylib support in the kernel to communicate with and control an
MDIO attached PHY. Use the hardware's MDIO communication mechanism to
communicate with the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for recognizing and using SFP+ modules directly. This includes
using the I2C support to read and interpret the information returned from
an SFP+ module and configuring things properly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make phy_aneg_done() available to drivers so that the result of the
auto-negotiation initiated by phy_start_aneg() can be determined.
Remove the local implementation of phy_aneg_done() from the Aeroflex
driver and use the phy library version.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to initialize and use the I2C controller within the hardware
in order to perform sideband communication, e.g. determine the SFP media
type that is installed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some versions of the amd-xgbe device are capable of reporting ECC error
information back to the driver. Add support to process, track and report
on this information.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current per channel DMA interrupt support is based on an edge
triggered interrupt that is not maskable. This results in having to call
the disable_irq/enable_irq functions in order to prevent interrupts
during napi processing. The hardware now has a way to configure the per
channel DMA interrupt that will allow for masking the interrupt which
prevents calling disable_irq/enable_irq now. This patch makes use of
this support.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the call to netif_get_num_default_rss_queues() and replace it
with num_online_cpus() to allow for the possibility of using all of
the hardware DMA channels available.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for new PCI devices to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the reading of the Tx timestamp to account for a hardware issue
on how the fields and interrupt are cleared. The "seconds" portion of
the timestamp should be read first, followed by the "nanoseconds" portion.
Reading the "nanoseconds" portion should clear the timestamp data and the
interrupt. Because of an issue with the hardware this order is reversed
and reading the "seconds" portion actually clears the timestamp. The code
currently follows this workaround, but to guard against future versions
where this is fixed add a field to the version data to indicate if the
workaround is required or not.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to a hardware issue, it is possible for interrupt events to be
incorrectly generated when performing a soft reset. To guard against
this, perform the soft reset twice.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 67f8b1dcb9 ("net/mlx4_en: Refactor the XDP forwarding rings
scheme") added a bug in that the prog's reference count is not dropped
in the error path when mlx4_en_try_alloc_resources() is failing from
mlx4_xdp_set().
We previously took bpf_prog_add(prog, priv->rx_ring_num - 1), that we
need to release again. Earlier in the call path, dev_change_xdp_fd()
itself holds a reference to the prog as well (hence the '- 1' in the
bpf_prog_add()), so a simple atomic_sub() is safe to use here. When
an error is propagated, then bpf_prog_put() is called eventually from
dev_change_xdp_fd()
Fixes: 67f8b1dcb9 ("net/mlx4_en: Refactor the XDP forwarding rings scheme")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While create/destroy channel operation memory is not freed. It was
supposed that memory is freed while driver remove. But a channel
can be created and destroyed many times while changing number of
channels with ethtool.
Based on net-next/master
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since now, the table with same id in multiple netnamespaces were squashed
to a single virtual router. That is not only incorrect, it also causes
error messages when trying to use RALUE register to do double remove
of FIB entries, like this one:
mlxsw_spectrum 0000:03:00.0: EMAD reg access failed (tid=facb831c00007b20,reg_id=8013(ralue),type=write,status=7(bad parameter))
Since we don't allow ports to change namespaces (NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL),
and the infrastructure is not yet prepared to handle netnamespaces, just
ignore FIB notification events for non-init namespaces. That is clear to
do since we don't need to offload them.
Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__neigh_create function works in a different way than assumed.
It passes "n" as a parameter to ndo_neigh_construct. But this "n" might
be destroyed right away before __neigh_create() returns in case there is
already another neighbour struct in the hashtable with the same dev and
primary key. That is not expected by mlxsw_sp_router_neigh_construct()
and the stored "n" points to freed memory, eventually leading to crash.
Fix this by doing tight 1:1 coupling between neighbour struct and
internal driver neigh_entry. That allows to narrow down the key in
internal driver hashtable to do lookups by "n" only.
Fixes: 6cf3c971dc ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Add private neigh table")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous fix has broken RoCE support as the rdma_pf_params are now
being set into the parameters only after the params are alrady assigned
into the hw-function.
Fixes: 0189efb8f4 ("qed*: Fix Kconfig dependencies with INFINIBAND_QEDR")
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently RoCE v2 won't operate with RDMA CM due to missing setting of
the roce-flavour in the ll2 configuration.
This patch properly sets the flavour, and deletes incorrect HSI
that doesn't [yet] exist.
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support to add or remove the unicast entries
to the table and remove from the table.
Reported-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no clear operation before add a new multicast tcam table,
so the tcam table will be overflow when add more entries.
Reported-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packets of wrong mac address(only the last bit is different) can be
received in Big-endian by current definition of mask_key. Thus it needs
to be modified to support Big-endian and ensure Big-endian normal.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current definition of mac_mc_entry is only suitable for
Little-endian. Thus it needs to modify tcam table of mac mc-entry
to support both Little-endian and Big-endian.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Little-endian is only supported by current tcam table to add
or delete mac mc-port. This patch makes it support both
Little-endian and Big-endian.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Big-endian is not supported by the current definition of table index to get
mac entry. It needs to be modified to support both Little-endian
and Big-endian.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current definition of mac_uc_entry is only suitable for
Little-endian. Thus it needs to modify tcam table of mac uc-entry
to support both Little-endian and Big-endian.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current definition of dsaf_drv_tbl_tcam_key is only suitable for
Little-endian. If data is stored in Big-endian, this may lead to
error in data use. Shift operation can make it work normally in both
Big-endian and Little-endian.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hardware ring buffer data is stored in Little-endian. Thus cpu data
should be modified to Little-endian.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In current scenario, when the interface is disabled we reset the XGMAC
RX/TX functionality. This operation does not affects the PHY layer/SFP
and which appears UP to the remote end(this behaviour is unlike GMAC).
The result is remote end keeps on sending the packets which gets partly
processed by XMAC and dropped. Since these are partly processed these
appears as errored packets in the packet counter statistics.
This patch fixes this behaviour and adds local-fault and remote-fault
functionality which can be used to intimate the remote peer whenever
the state of the interface changes. This patch also removes the
existing hns_dsaf_xge_core_srst_by_port function which was being used
to reset the RX/TX functionality at XGE Core.
Reported-by: Jun He <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modify the gmac_rx_filt_pkt and gmac_rx_octets_total_filt
statistics value. The two statistics is inconsistent with register,
and just the opposite.
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jun He <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch deletes redundant macro definitions in hns drivers.
And change the .h file containing relation to make the layers
more clearly
Signed-off-by: Qianqian Xie <xieqianqian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Weiwei Deng <dengweiwei@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When set auto-negotiation off and duplex half, if run "ethtool -r ethX"
on port with phy, then the port will be failed to work. It should
forbid to start auto-negotiation when auto-negotiate is off. This
patch add the limited condition.
Reported-by: Jinchuang Tian <tianjinchuang1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: lipeng <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default mac pause time set to 0xff which is too short for pausing,
this patch change it to the max value 0xffff.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: lipeng <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If set promisc mode when there is some traffic, The service nic will
cause system halted. We reserve the last 6 tcam entry for the 6 ports.
If promisc mode is enabled, we can config the relative tcam as fuzzy
matching and set to be valid, or set the tcam to be invalid
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since there is not enough tcam table entries for vlan and multicast
address, HNSv2 needs to add support of fuzzy matching of TCAM tables.
To add fuzzy match of TCAM, we Add the property to mask the bits to
be fuzzy matched
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The connect function prints an unintialized error code after an
earlier initialization was removed:
drivers/net/xen-netback/xenbus.c: In function 'connect':
drivers/net/xen-netback/xenbus.c:938:3: error: 'err' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
This prints it as -EINVAL instead, which seems to be the most
appropriate error code. Before the patch that caused the warning,
this would print a positive number returned by vsscanf() instead,
which is also wrong. We probably don't need a backport though,
as fixing the warning here should be sufficient.
Fixes: f95842e7a9 ("xen: make use of xenbus_read_unsigned() in xen-netback")
Fixes: 8d3d53b3e4 ("xen-netback: Add support for multiple queues")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Add support for Cypress GX3 SuperSpeed to Gigabit Ethernet
Bridge Controller (Vendor=04b4 ProdID=3610).
Patch verified on x64 linux kernel 4.7.4, 4.8.6, 4.9-rc4 systems
with the Kensington SD4600P USB-C Universal Dock with Power,
which uses the Cypress GX3 SuperSpeed to Gigabit Ethernet Bridge
Controller.
A similar patch was signed-off and tested-by Allan Chou
<allan@asix.com.tw> on 2015-12-01.
Allan verified his similar patch on x86 Linux kernel 4.1.6 system
with Cypress GX3 SuperSpeed to Gigabit Ethernet Bridge Controller.
Tested-by: Allan Chou <allan@asix.com.tw>
Tested-by: Chris Roth <chris.roth@usask.ca>
Tested-by: Artjom Simon <artjom.simon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Chou <allan@asix.com.tw>
Signed-off-by: Chris Roth <chris.roth@usask.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dp83640 has a frequency resolution of about 0.029 ppb.
This patch lets users of the device benefit from the
increased frequency resolution when tuning the clock.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 82580 and related devices offer a frequency resolution of about
0.029 ppb. This patch lets users of the device benefit from the
increased frequency resolution when tuning the clock.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is automatically done from netif_napi_add(), and we want to not
export napi_hash_add() anymore in the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newly introduced mii_ethtool_get_link_ksettings function sets
lp_advertising to an uninitialized value when BMCR_ANENABLE is not
set:
drivers/net/mii.c: In function 'mii_ethtool_get_link_ksettings':
drivers/net/mii.c:224:2: error: 'lp_advertising' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
As documented in include/uapi/linux/ethtool.h, the value is
expected to be zero when we don't know it, so let's initialize
it to that.
Fixes: bc8ee596af ("net: mii: add generic function to support ksetting support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For single items being collected this should be preferred as being more
typesafe (as the compiler can check format string and to-be-written-to
variable match) and more efficient (requiring one less parameter to be
passed).
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A bugfix introduced a harmless warning in v4.9-rc4:
drivers/net/vxlan.c: In function 'vxlan_group_used':
drivers/net/vxlan.c:947:21: error: unused variable 'sock6' [-Werror=unused-variable]
This hides the variable inside of the same #ifdef that is
around its user. The extraneous initialization is removed
at the same time, it was accidentally introduced in the
same commit.
Fixes: c6fcc4fc5f ("vxlan: avoid using stale vxlan socket.")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the opt_* fields to determine the starting point for negotiating the
number of tx/rx completion queues with the vnic server. These contain the
number of queues that the vnic server estimates that it will be able to
allocate. While renegotiation may still occur, using the opt_* fields will
reduce the number of times this needs to happen and will prevent driver
probe timeout on systems using large numbers of ibmvnic client devices per
vnic port.
Signed-off-by: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the PHY has been configured to allow pause frames, then the MAC
should be configured to generate and/or accept those frames.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pause frames are used to enable flow control. A MAC can send and
receive pause frames in order to throttle traffic. However, the PHY
must be configured to allow those frames to pass through.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This improves UDP spreading, and also slightly improves GRO performance
of encapsulated TCP on 7000 series NICs.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mlx5 HW, encapsulation is offloaded by the steering rule having
index into an encapsulation table containing the entire set of headers
to be added by the HW. The driver sets these headers in a buffer when we
are offloading the action.
The code maintains mlx5_encap_entry for each encap header it has
encountered when attempted to offload TC tunnel set action.
This entry maintains a linked list of all the flows sharing the same
encap header, when the last flow is removed from the list the encap
entry is removed.
The actual encap_header is allocated by the driver in the hardware only
if we have layer two neighbour info when the encap entry is created.
While the flow is in the driver, the driver holds a reference on the
neighbour.
When a new flow with encap action is inserted, the code first checks if
the required encap entry exists according to the tunnel set parameters.
If it does the encap is shared, otherwise a new mlx5_encap_entry is
created.
TC action parsing implementation in the driver assumes that tunnel set
action is provided in the same order set by the user, e.g before the
mirred_redirect action.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By implementing this ndo, the host stack will set the vxlan udp port
also to VF representor netdevices. This will allow the TC offload code
in the driver when it gets a tunnel key set action to identify the UDP
port as vxlan, and hence the rule will be a candidate for offloading.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance the parsing of offloaded TC rules to set HW matching on outer
(encapsulation) headers.
Parse TC tunnel release action and set it as mlx5 decap action when the
required capabilities are supported.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support steering rules which add encapsulation headers,
encap_id parameter is needed.
Add new mlx5_flow_act struct which holds action related parameter:
action, flow_tag and encap_id. Use mlx5_flow_act struct when adding a new
steering rule.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating flow tables, allow the caller to specify creation flags.
Currently no flags are used and as such this patch doesn't add any new
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of comparing to a const value, check the value of max encap
header size capability as reported by the Firmware.
Fixes: 575ddf5888 ('net/mlx5: Introduce alloc_encap and dealloc_encap commands')
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The alloc and dealloc encap commands will be used in the mlx5e driver,
as such, declare them in a common header file.
Also, rename the functions: mlx5_cmd_{de}alloc_encap is replaced with
mlx5_encap_{de}alloc.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes regression introduced by patch adding feature flags. It was
already reported and patch followed (it got accepted) but it appears it
was incorrect. Instead of fixing reversed condition it broke a good one.
This patch was verified to actually fix SoC hanges caused by bgmac on
BCM47186B0.
Fixes: db791eb297 ("net: ethernet: bgmac: convert to feature flags")
Fixes: 4af1474e61 ("net: bgmac: Fix errant feature flag check")
Cc: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We received two reports of BUG_ON in bnad_txcmpl_process() where
hw_consumer_index appeared to be ahead of producer_index. Out of order
write/read of these variables could explain these reports.
bnad_start_xmit(), as a producer of tx descriptors, has a few memory
barriers sprinkled around writes to producer_index and the device's
doorbell but they're not paired with anything in bnad_txcmpl_process(), a
consumer.
Since we are synchronizing with a device, we must use mandatory barriers,
not smp_*. Also, I didn't see the purpose of the last smp_mb() in
bnad_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 9d2afba058.
The original issue would possibly exist if an external module
tried calling our "ethtool_ops" without checking if it still
exists.
The right way of solving it is by simply doing the check in
the caller side.
Currently, no action is required as there's no such use case.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses a union for copying data to & from management firmware
when interacting with it.
Problem is that the function always copies sizeof(union) while commit
2edbff8dcb ("qed: Learn resources from management firmware") is casting
a union elements which is of smaller size [24-byte instead of 88-bytes].
Also, the union contains some inappropriate elements which increase its
size [should have been 32-bytes]. While this shouldn't corrupt other
PF messages to the MFW [as management firmware enforces permissions so
that each PF is allowed to write only to its own mailbox] we fix this
here as well.
Fixes: 2edbff8dcb ("qed: Learn resources from management firmware")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When moving from typhoon_get_settings to typhoon_getlink_ksettings
in the commit f7a5537cd2 ("net: 3com: typhoon: use new api
ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings"), we use a local variable supported
but we forgot to update the struct ethtool_link_ksettings with
this value.
We also initialize advertising to zero, because otherwise it may
be uninitialized if no case of the switch (tp->xcvr_select) is used.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of adding hooks inside stmmac_platform it is better to just use
the standard PM callbacks within the specific dwmac-driver. This only
used by the dwmac-rk driver.
This reverts commit cecbc5563a ("stmmac: allow to split suspend/resume
from init/exit callbacks").
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the rk_gmac_init() only calls another function move this
function call into probe so rk_gmac_init() can be removed.
Since commit cecbc5563a ("stmmac: allow to split suspend/resume
from init/exit callbacks") the init hook is no longer used in
dwmac-rk so this can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the exit hook into a standard driver remove function as
the hook doesn't really buy us anything extra.
Eventually the exit hook will be deprecated in favor of the driver
remove function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use standard PM resume/suspend callbacks instead of the hooks in
stmmac_platform. This gives the driver more control and flexibility
when implementing PM functionality. The hooks in stmmac_platform
also doesn't buy us anything extra.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there is no existing macvlan port in lowdev, one new macvlan port
would be created. But it doesn't be destoried when something failed later.
It casues some memleak.
Now add one flag to indicate if new macvlan port is created.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add driver for the Internal RMII PHY found in the Amlogic Meson GXL SoCs.
This PHY seems to only implement some standard registers and need some
workarounds to provide autoneg values from vendor registers.
Some magic values are currently used to configure the PHY, and this a
temporary setup until clarification about these registers names and
registers fields are provided by Amlogic.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support PHY switching on Amlogic GXL SoCs, add support for
16bit and 32bit registers sizes.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The smsc911c driver puts its device into low power state when entering
system suspend. Although it doesn't update the device's runtime PM status
to RPM_SUSPENDED, which causes problems for a parent device.
In particular, when the runtime PM status of the parent is requested to be
updated to RPM_SUSPENDED, the runtime PM core prevent this, because it's
forbidden to runtime suspend a device, which has an active child.
Fix this by updating the runtime PM status of the smsc911x device to
RPM_SUSPENDED during system suspend. In system resume, let's reverse that
action by runtime resuming the device and thus also the parent.
Signed-off-by: Ulf Hansson <ulf.hansson@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
The call to krealloc() in wsm_buf_reserve() directly assigns the newly
returned memory to buf->begin. This is all fine except when krealloc()
failes we loose the ability to free the old memory pointed to by
buf->begin. If we just create a temporary variable to assign memory to
and assign the memory to it we can mitigate the memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the missing destroy_workqueue() before return from
mwifiex_add_virtual_intf() in the error handling case.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Marvell p2p device disappears from the list of p2p peers on the other
p2p device after disconnection.
It happens due to a bug in driver. When interface is changed from p2p
to station, certain variables(bss_type, bss_role etc.) aren't correctly
updated. This patch corrects them to fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Karthik D A <karthida@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It is observed that if single tid 6 packet comes among with massive tid 0
packets, tid 6 packet may stay in it's queue and will never be
transmited. This is because wmm.highest_queued_prio will be set to 2
during transmission of tid 0 packets As a result, main work thread
keeps on looping without serving that packet. In this case, if command
has downloaded to firmware, driver doesn't process it's response causing
command timeout.
This patch will reset highest_queued_prio if packets exist in data
queue, and try to find a ra_list for current private.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
wmm.tx_pkts_queued and ralist's total_pkt_count should be updated in
synchronization. They were not correctly updated in
mwifiex_send_processed_packet().
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Support for this debugfs command is available in driver. This patch
adds usage information in README file.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
While copying the vendor_ie obtained from the cfg80211_find_vendor_ie()
to the struct mwifiex_types_wmm_info, length/size was inappropriate.
This patch corrects the required length needed to the
mwifiex_types_wmm_info
Signed-off-by: Karthik D A <karthida@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
At couple of places in cleanup path, we are just going through the
skb queue and freeing them without unlinking. This leads to a crash
when other thread tries to do skb_dequeue() and use already freed node.
The problem is freed by unlinking skb before freeing it.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When host_sleep_config command fails, we should return an error to
PCIe, instead of continuing (and possibly panicking, when we try to keep
processing a timed-out ioctl after we return "successfully" from
suspend).
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Following is mwifiex driver-firmware host sleep handshake.
It involves three threads. suspend handler, interrupt handler, interrupt
processing in main work queue.
1) Enter suspend handler
2) Download HS_CFG command
3) Response from firmware for HS_CFG
4) Suspend thread waits until handshake completes(i.e hs_activate becomes
true)
5) SLEEP from firmware
6) SLEEP confirm downloaded to firmware.
7) SLEEP confirm response from firmware
8) Driver processes SLEEP confirm response and set hs_activate to wake up
suspend thread
9) Exit suspend handler
10) Read sleep cookie in loop and wait until it indicates firmware is
sleep.
11) After processing SLEEP confirm response, we are at the end of interrupt
processing routine. Recheck if there are interrupts received while we were
processing them.
During suspend-resume stress test, it's been observed that we may end up
acessing PCIe hardware(in 10 and 11) when PCIe bus is closed which leads
to a kernel crash.
This patch solves the problem with below changes.
a) action 10 above can be done before 8
b) Skip 11 if hs_activated is true. SLEEP confirm response
is the last interrupt from firmware. No need to recheck for
pending interrupts.
c) Add flush_workqueue() in suspend handler.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
So far our core code was calling brcmf_fws_process_skb which wasn't
a proper thing to do. If case of devices using msgbuf protocol fwsignal
shouldn't be used. It was an unnecessary extra layer simply calling
a protocol specifix txdata function.
Please note we already have txdata callback, but it's used for calls
between bcdc and fwsignal so it couldn't be simply used there.
This makes core code more generic (instead of bcdc/fwsignal specific).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On some devices the EEPROMs of Ralink Wi-Fi chips have a default Ralink
MAC address set (RT3062F: 00:0C:43:30:62:00, RT3060F:
00:0C:43:30:60:00). Using multiple of these devices in the same network
can cause nasty issues.
Allow to override the MAC in the EEPROM with (a known good) one set in
the device tree to bypass the issue.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ath.git patches for 4.10. Major changes:
ath10k
* allow setting coverage class for first generation cards
* read regulatory domain from ACPI
ath9k
* disable RNG by default
Virtio 1.0 spec says VIRTIO_F_ANY_LAYOUT and VIRTIO_NET_F_GSO are
legacy-only feature bits. Do not negotiate them in virtio 1 mode. Note
this is a spec violation so we need to backport it to stable/downstream
kernels.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the reference taken by class_find_device() in
hnae_get_handle() on errors and when later releasing the handle.
Fixes: 6fe6611ff2 ("net: add Hisilicon Network Subsystem...")
Cc: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Cc: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the references taken by bus_find_device() before
returning from emac_dev_open().
Note that phy_connect still takes a reference to the phy device.
Fixes: 5d69e0076a ("net: davinci_emac: switch to new mdio")
Cc: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the references taken by of_get_child_by_name() and
bus_find_device() before returning from cpsw_phy_sel().
Note that holding a reference to the cpsw-phy-sel device does not
prevent the devres-managed private data from going away.
Fixes: 5892cd135e ("drivers: net: cpsw-phy-sel: Add new driver...")
Cc: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to drop the reference taken by bus_find_device_by_name()
before returning from phy_connect() and phy_attach().
Note that both function still take a reference to the phy device
through phy_attach_direct().
Fixes: e13934563d ("[PATCH] PHY Layer fixup")
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the variant of amac hardware present in the Broadcom
Northstar2 based SoCs. Northstar2 requires an additional register to be
configured with the port speed/duplexity (NICPM). This can be added to
the link callback to hide it from the instances that do not use this.
Also, clearing of the pending interrupts on init is required due to
observed issues on some platforms.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the bgmac driver to allow for phy's defined by the device tree
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BCM54810 PHY requires some semi-unique configuration, which results
in some additional configuration in addition to the standard config.
Also, some users of the BCM54810 require the PHY lanes to be swapped.
Since there is no way to detect this, add a device tree query to see if
it is applicable.
Inspired-by: Vikas Soni <vsoni@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper function to read the AUXCTL register for the BCM54xx. This
mirrors the bcm54xx_auxctl_write function already present in the code.
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use xenbus_read_unsigned() instead of xenbus_scanf() when possible.
This requires to change the type of some reads from int to unsigned,
but these cases have been wrong before: negative values are not allowed
for the modified cases.
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Acked-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Use xenbus_read_unsigned() instead of xenbus_scanf() when possible.
This requires to change the type of some reads from int to unsigned,
but these cases have been wrong before: negative values are not allowed
for the modified cases.
Cc: wei.liu2@citrix.com
Cc: paul.durrant@citrix.com
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Acked-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
The dev member of struct sti_dwmac is not used anywhere in the driver
so lets just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename sti_dwmac_init to sti_dwmac_set_mode which is a better
description for what it really does.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add clock error handling to probe and in the process move clock enabling
out of sti_dwmac_init() to make this easier.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sti_dwmac_init() function is called both from probe and resume.
Since DT properties doesn't change between suspend/resume cycles move
parsing of this parameter into sti_dwmac_parse_data() where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement PM callbacks and driver remove in the driver instead
of relying on the init/exit hooks in stmmac_platform. This gives
the driver more flexibility in how the code is organized.
Eventually the init/exit callbacks will be deprecated in favor
of the standard PM callbacks and driver remove function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since sti_dwmac_parse_data() sets dwmac->clk to NULL if not clock was
provided in DT and NULL is a valid clock there is no need to check for
NULL before using this clock.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since dwmac-sti is a DT only driver checking for OF node is not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Tested-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-11-04
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.
Don does cleanup and configuration for our X553 devices, related to LED,
auto-negotiation, flow control and SFP+ setup and config. Adds the
(not secret) sauce for B0 hardware for X553 hardware.
Emil provides several fixes, first replaces the driver specific MDIO
defines for the more preferred equivalent kernel ones. Provides a fix
for auto-negotiaion status, by reading a PHY register twice. Introduces
ixgbe_link_operations structure to allow X550EM_a to override the
methods for MDIO access while X550EM_x provides methods to use I2C
combined access.
Mark fixes an issue where the driver was crashing when msix_entires
were not there because they were freed by a previous suspend or remove.
Sowmini Varadhan fixes an issue where an incorrect check for IPPROTO_UDP
in ixgbe_atr(). Then makes sure that the network and transport headers
in the paged data are available in the headlen bytes to calculate the
l4_proto.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <generated/utsrelease.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there. Also only
clear the interrupts when the interface is up, because there
aren't any when it is not up.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For some Tx paths (e.g., tpacket_snd()), ixgbe_atr may be
passed down an sk_buff that has the network and transport
header in the paged data, so it needs to make sure these
headers are available in the headlen bytes to calculate the
l4_proto.
This patch expect that network and transport headers are
already available in the non-paged header dat. The assumption
is that the caller has set this up if l4_proto based Tx
steering is desired.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit 9f12df906c ("ixgbe: Store VXLAN port number in network order")
incorrectly checks for hdr.ipv4->protocol != IPPROTO_UDP
in ixgbe_atr(). This check should be for "==" instead.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were using an old Alpha version of the X550 phy ID. This was leading
to unnecessary queries of the PHY. I removed the old ID (which shouldn't
be on any HW) and add the two that are.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add X553 FW ALEF support for B0. ALEF is the new unified
FW. This contains updated register defines for ALEF speed
configuration. Likewise it also removes the AN_CNTL_8 usage from
the native SFI flow as it is no longer supported by FW.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix an issue where set_phy_power was NULL for X550 copper devices
because get_invariants was called before hw->device_id was set.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Introduce ixgbe_link_operations struct with the following changes:
read_i2c_combined => read_link
read_i2c_combined_unlocked => read_link_unlocked
write_i2c_combined => write_link
write_i2c_combined_unlocked => write_link_unlocked
This will allow X550EM_a to override these methods for MDIO access
while X550EM_x provides methods to use I2C combined access. This
also adds a new structure, ixgbe_link_info, to hold information
about the link. Initially this is just method pointers and a bus
address.
The functions involved in combined I2C accesses were moved from
ixgbe_phy.c to ixgbe_x550.c. The underlying functions that carry
out the combined I2C accesses were left in ixgbe_phy.c because
they share some functions with other I2C methods.
v2 - set hw->link.ops in probe.
v3 - check ii->link_ops before setting it since we don't have it
for all devices.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove SFP ixfi code since there is no HW that currently supports it.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds X553 flow control auto negotiation for fiber and
backplain. To enable this new function pointers were added as well
as creating a function to dynamically set function pointer we can't
define only on MAC type.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Read the PHY register twice in order to get the correct value for
autoneg_status.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace some ixgbe specific MDIO defines with their equivalent
from the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch updates ixgbe_setup_phy_link_generic to set/unset
auto-negotiation for all speeds. This ensures that unsupported
speeds are unset. This is necessary since the PHY NVM may
advertise unsupported speeds.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support to get the LED link active via the LEDCTL
register. If the LEDCTL register does not have LED link active
(LED mode field = 0x0100) set then default LED link active returned.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X553 doesn't need all the initialization that X552 did for iXFI. This
patch will allow native SPI SFP+ to work with X553 devices. Future
patches will add additional configuration as needed.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When prof_sel is invalid, mlx5_core_warn is called but the
mlx5_core_dev is not initialized yet. Solution is moving the prof_sel code
after dev->pdev assignment
Fixes: 2974ab6e8b ('net/mlx5: Improve driver log messages')
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As for the current generation of the mlx5 HW (CX4/CX4-Lx) per flow vlan
push/pop actions are emulated, we must not program them to the firmware.
Fixes: f5f8247609 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Support VLAN actions in the offloads mode')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We ignored the vlan priority in offloaded TC rules matching part,
fix that.
Fixes: 095b6cfd69 ('net/mlx5e: Add TC vlan match parsing')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF reps should be altogether on the same NS as they were created.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mlx5e_open_channel CQs must be created before napi is enabled.
Here we move the XDP CQ creation to satisfy that fact.
mlx5e_close_channel is already working according to the right order.
Fixes: b5503b994e ("net/mlx5e: XDP TX forwarding support")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of mlx5e_open_rq fails the error handling will jump to
label err_close_xdp_sq and will try to close the xdp_sq unconditionally.
xdp_sq is valid only in case of XDP use cases, i.e priv->xdp_prog is
not null.
To fix this in this patch we test xdp_sq validity prior to closing it.
In addition we now close the xdp_sq.cq as well.
Fixes: b5503b994e ("net/mlx5e: XDP TX forwarding support")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most infrastructure can be reused, provide separate handling
of context offsets and exit codes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_bpf_offload() takes all .setup_tc() parameters but it
doesn't use them at the moment. Remove unnecessary ones to make
it possible for XDP to reuse this function.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add XDP support. Separate stack's and XDP's TX rings logically.
Add functions for handling XDP_TX and cleanup of XDP's TX rings.
For XDP allocate all RX buffers as separate pages and map them
with DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calculate packet offsets early in nfp_net_rx() so that we will be
able to use them in upcoming XDP handler. While at it move relevant
variables into the loop scope.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow changing the number of rings via ethtool .set_channels API.
Runtime reconfig needs to be extended to handle number of rings.
We need to be able to activate interrupt vectors before rings are
assigned to them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will need to rerun the initialization of the RSS indirection table
after the number of rings is changed. Move the code to a separate
function.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of fixing ring -> vector relations up in ring swap functions
put the reassignment into a helper function which will reinit all
links.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upcoming XDP support will break the assumption that one can iterate
over IRQ vectors to get to all the rings easily. Use nn->.x_ring
arrays directly.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ring allocation helpers encapsulate all ring allocation and
initialization steps nicely. Reuse them on .ndo_open() path.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"Shadow" in ring helpers used to mean that the helper will allocate
rings without touching existing configuration, this was used for
reconfiguration while the device was running. We will soon use
the same helpers for .ndo_open() path, so replace "shadow" with
"ring_set".
No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All functions which need to reallocate ring resources at runtime
look very similar. Centralize that logic into a separate function.
Encapsulate configuration parameters in a structure.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report number of rings via ethtool .get_channels API.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the driver framework to separate out platform/ACPI specific code
from general code during device initialization. This will allow for the
introduction of PCI device support.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tx and Rx DMA channel status determiniation is different depending on the
version of the hardware. Update the channel status processing code to
account for the change. Also, reduce the timeout value used when stopping
the channels.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reading all management counter registers as 64-bit
values. The indication of whether to read the high 32-bits to form
a 64-bit value is indicated in the version data.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare the code to be able to support accessing of the PCS registers
in a new way, while maintaining the current access method. Provide a
version specific field that indicates the method to use.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to be able to use clause 37 auto-negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for the future introduction of clause 37 auto-negotiation by
updating the current auto-negotiation related functions to identify
them as clause 73 functions. Move interrupt enablement to the
enable/disable auto-negotiation functions. Update what will be common
routines to check for the current type of AN and process accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare the code to be able to work with more than one type of phy by
adding additional callable functions into the phy interface and removing
phy specific settings/functions from non-phy related files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate the FIFO across the hardware Rx queues based on the priority
of the queues. Giving more FIFO resources to queues with a higher
priority. If PFC is active but not enabled for a queue, then less
resources can allocated to the queue.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the Rx and Tx fifos are evenly allocated between the hardware
queues of the device. As more queues are instantiated, the fifo memory
needs to be able to be allocated based on queue priority. This allows for
higher priority queues to have more fifo memory than lower priority
queues. Prepare for this by modifying the current fifo calculation to
assign the fifo queue allocation in an array that is then used to program
the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the length value used for the PCS register dump so that the full
value can be displayed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have setters to configure the port's MAC, use them to
refactor the port setup and adjust_link code.
Note that port's MAC speed, duplex or RGMII delay must not be changed
unless the port's link is forced down. So wrap all that in a
mv88e6xxx_port_setup_mac function.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the two bits for link, duplex or RGMII delays are used the same
way on chips supporting the said feature, the two bits for speed have
different meaning for most of the chips out there.
Speed value is stored in bits 1:0, 0x3 means unforce (normal detection).
Some chips reuse values for alternative speeds when bit 12 is set.
Newer chips with speed > 1Gbps reuse value 0x3 thus need a new bit 13.
Here are the values to write in register 0x1 to (un)force speed:
| Speed | 88E6065 | 88E6185 | 88E6352 | 88E6390 | 88E6390X |
| ------- | ------- | ------- | ------- | ------- | -------- |
| 10 | 0x0000 | 0x0000 | 0x0000 | 0x2000 | 0x2000 |
| 100 | 0x0001 | 0x0001 | 0x0001 | 0x2001 | 0x2001 |
| 200 | 0x0002 | NA | 0x1001 | 0x3001 | 0x3001 |
| 1000 | NA | 0x0002 | 0x0002 | 0x2002 | 0x2002 |
| 2500 | NA | NA | NA | 0x3003 | 0x3003 |
| 10000 | NA | NA | NA | NA | 0x2003 |
| unforce | 0x0003 | 0x0003 | 0x0003 | 0x0000 | 0x0000 |
This patch implements a generic mv88e6xxx_port_set_speed() function used
by chip-specific wrappers to filter supported ports and speeds.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some chips such as 88E6352 and 88E6390 can be programmed to add delays
to RXCLK for IND inputs or to GTXCLK for OUTD outputs when port is in
RGMII mode.
Add a port function to program such delays according to the provided PHY
interface mode.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to port's link, add setter to force port's half duplex, full
duplex or let normal duplex detection occurs.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the chips will have a port register control bits to force the
port's link up, down, or let normal link detection occurs.
Implement such operation to use it later when setting duplex, etc.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add port functions to set the port 802.1Q mode.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add port functions to access the ports default VID.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add functions to port files to access the ports default FID.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a port function to access the Port Based VLAN Map register.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the port STP state setter to the port files.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell switches contains one internal SMI device per port, called
"Port Registers". Depending on the model, the addresses of these devices
start from 0x0, 0x8 or 0x10.
Start moving Port Registers specific code to their own files.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the ehea driver is missing a call to netif_carrier_off()
before the interface bring-up; this is necessary in order to
initialize the __LINK_STATE_NOCARRIER bit in the net_device state
field. Otherwise, we observe state UNKNOWN on "ip address" command
output.
This patch adds a call to netif_carrier_off() on ehea's net device
open callback.
Reported-by: Xiong Zhou <zhou@redhat.com>
Reference-ID: IBM bz #137702, Red Hat bz #1089134
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Douglas Miller <dougmill@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The system-status register is actually 16-bit wide and not 8 bit-wide.
Fixes: 233fa44bd6 ("mlxsw: pci: Implement reset done check")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver allocates replacement buffers before-hand to make
sure whenever an aggregation begins there would be a replacement
for the Rx buffers, as we can't release the buffer until
aggregation is terminated and driver logic assumes the Rx rings
are always full.
For every other Rx page that's being allocated [I.e., regular]
the page is being completely mapped while for the replacement
buffers only the first portion of the page is being mapped.
This means that:
a. Once replacement buffer replenishes the regular Rx ring,
assuming there's more than a single packet on page we'd post unmapped
memory toward HW [assuming mapping is actually done in granularity
smaller than page].
b. Unmaps are being done for the entire page, which is incorrect.
Fixes: 55482edc25 ("qede: Add slowpath/fastpath support and enable hardware GRO")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Synopsys Designware MAC Glue layer for the Oxford Semiconductor OX820.
Acked-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IS_ERR_VALUE() in commit 87557efc27
("xen-netfront: do not cast grant table reference to signed short") would
not return true for error code unless we cast ref first to type int.
Signed-off-by: Dongli Zhang <dongli.zhang@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver sets the skb l4/l3 hash based on NIC_CFG_RSS_HASH_TYPE_*,
which is bit mask. This is wrong. Hw actually provides us enum.
Use CQ_ENET_RQ_DESC_RSS_TYPE_* to set l3 and l4 hash type.
Fixes: bf751ba802 ("driver/net: enic: record q_number and rss_hash for skb")
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Dillow <dave@thedillows.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To utilize phylib with interrupt fully than handling some of phy stuff in the MAC driver,
create irq_domain for USB interrupt EP of phy interrupt and
pass the irq number to phy_connect_direct() instead of PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT.
Idea comes from drivers/gpio/gpio-dl2.c
Signed-off-by: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The old ethtool api (get_setting and set_setting) has generic mii
functions mii_ethtool_sset and mii_ethtool_gset.
To support the new ethtool api ({get|set}_link_ksettings), we add
two generics mii function mii_ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings_get.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XDP statistics are reported in ethtool, in total and per ring,
as follows:
- xdp_drop: the number of packets dropped by xdp.
- xdp_tx: the number of packets forwarded by xdp.
- xdp_tx_full: the number of times an xdp forward failed
due to a full tx xdp ring.
In addition, all packets that are dropped/forwarded by XDP
are no longer accounted in rx_packets/rx_bytes of the ring,
so that they count traffic that is passed to the stack.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separately manage the two types of TX rings: regular ones, and XDP.
Upon an XDP set, do not borrow regular TX rings and convert them
into XDP ones, but allocate new ones, unless we hit the max number
of rings.
Which means that in systems with smaller #cores we will not consume
the current TX rings for XDP, while we are still in the num TX limit.
XDP TX rings counters are not shown in ethtool statistics.
Instead, XDP counters will be added to the respective RX rings
in a downstream patch.
This has no performance implications.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support XDP CQ type, and refactor the CQ type enum.
Rename the is_tx field to match the change.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The coalesce settings behave badly when changing just one value:
... # ethtool -c eth0
rx-usecs: 249
... # ethtool -C eth0 tx-usecs 250
... # ethtool -c eth0
rx-usecs: 248
This occurs due to rounding errors when calculating the microseconds
value - the divisons round down. This causes (eg) the rx-usecs to
decrease by one every time the tx-usecs value is set as per the above.
Fix this by making the divison round-to-nearest.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'create_root_ns()' does not return an error pointer, so the test can be
simplified to be more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The documentation says that SGMII_LN_UCDR_SO_GAIN_MODE0 should be
set to 0, not 6, on the Qualcomm Technologies QDF2432.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing the interrupt trigger region id to 2 and the
corresponding threshold set0/set1 values to 8/16.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since ethernet v1 hardware has a bug related to coalescing, disabling
this feature.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Toan Le <toanle@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable support for IPv4 multicast:
- similar to unicast the flow struct is updated to L3 master device
if relevant prior to calling fib_rules_lookup. The table id is saved
to the lookup arg so the rule action for ipmr can return the table
associated with the device.
- ip_mr_forward needs to check for master device mismatch as well
since the skb->dev is set to it
- allow multicast address on VRF device for Rx by checking for the
daddr in the VRF device as well as the original ingress device
- on Tx need to drop to __mkroute_output when FIB lookup fails for
multicast destination address.
- if CONFIG_IP_MROUTE_MULTIPLE_TABLES is enabled VRF driver creates
IPMR FIB rules on first device create similar to FIB rules. In
addition the VRF driver does not divert IPv4 multicast packets:
it breaks on Tx since the fib lookup fails on the mcast address.
With this patch, ipmr forwarding and local rx/tx work.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We used to always allocate the same number of TX and RX rings
so the support for having r_vectors without one of the rings
was dropped. That makes us, however, unnecessarily limited
to 8 TX rings (8 is the Linux RSS default) most of the time.
Also we are about to add channel count configuration via
ethtool, so bring that support back. TX rings can now default
to num_online_cpus() and RX rings to netif_get_num_default_rss_queues().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
num_irqs is not used anywhere, replace it with max_r_vecs which holds
number of allocated RX/TX vectors and is going to be useful soon.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_irqs_wanted() doesn't really encapsulate much logic,
remove it and inline the calculations.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use unsigned int consistently for vector/ring counts.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are currently using define for max TX rings to allocate IRQ
vectors. It's OK since the max number of rings for TX and RX
are currently the same, but lets make the code nicer by taking
max of the two.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already force ring sizes to be power of 2 so replace
modulo operations with AND (size - 1) in index calculations.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a separate buffer allocation function to be called
from NAPI. We can make assumptions about the context and
buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speed up RX processing by moving to the alloc_frag()/build_skb()
paradigm. Since we're no longer mapping the entire buffer for
DMA add helpers which take care of calculating offsets and
lengths.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nfp_net_rx() is quite long already and about to get longer.
Move buffer drop/recycle to a helper.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper function to calculate the buffer size at run time.
Buffer lengths will now depend on the FW prepend configuration
instead of assuming the most space consuming configuration and
defaulting to 2k buffers at initialization time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't declare functions as static inline in .c files and
remove dead code it was hiding.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ether_setup() will be invoked by alloc_etherdev_mqs(), no need
to call it again.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drop all code related to nfp3200. It was never widely deployed
as a NIC.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are few variables in nfp_net_poll() which are used only
once or unused but set. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When relaxing the limitation on the number of unicast MAC filters
an interface can configure, qed started passing the MAC quota to
qede. However, the value is initialized only for PFs, causing VFs
to always try and configure themselves as promiscuous
[as they believe they lack the resources to configure the rx-mode].
Fixes: 7b7e70f979 ("qed*: Allow unicast filtering")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver is now setting the ndev's priv_flags instead of adding to it,
causing pktgen failure to utilize various features due to the loss
of the IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING indication.
Fixes: 7b7e70f979 ("qed*: Allow unicast filtering")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-31
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Colin Ian King fixes a minor issue with dev_err message where a new line
character was missing from the end of the message.
Jake provides several most of the changes in the series, starting with
dropping the is_vf and is_netdev fields in the i40e_mac_filter structure
since they are not needed (along with the checks that used these fields).
Reason being that we use separate VSI's for SRIOV VFs and for netdev VSIs,
therefore a single VSI should only have one type of filter. Then
simplifies our .set_rx_mode handler by using the kernel provided
__dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync functions for notification of add and
deletion of filters. Refactored the i40e_put_mac_in_vlan() to resolve
an issue where this function was arbitrarily modifying all filters to
have the same VLAN, which is incorrect because it could be modifying
active filters without putting them into the new state. Refactored the
delete filter logic so that we can re-use the functionality, where
appropriate, without having to search for the filter twice. Reduced the
latency of operations related to searching for specific MAC filters by
using a static hash table instead of a list. Reduced code duplication
in the adminq command to add/delete for filters. Fixed an issue where
TSYNVALID bit was not being checked as the true indicator of whether
the packet has an associated timestamp. Cleaned up a second msleep()
call by simply re-ordering the code so that the extra wait is no longer
needed.
Alan provides additional fix to the work Jake has been doing to resolve
a bug where adding at least one VLAN and then removing all VLANs leaves
the MAC filters for the VSI with an incorrect value for the VID which
indicates the MAC filter's VLAN status.
Alex adds a common method for finding a VSI by type. Also cleaned up
the logic for coalescing RS bits, which was convoluted and larger than
it needed to be.
Mitch fixes an issue with the failure to add filters when the VF driver
is reloaded by simply setting the number of filters to 0 when freeing
VF resources.
Maciej implements a I40E_NVMUPD_STATE_ERROR state for NVM update, so
that the driver has the ability to return NVM image write failure.
Filip removes unreachable code which was found using static analysis
where "if" statements were never in a "true/false" state, so clean up
unnecessary if statements.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEwBAABCgAaBQJYF6ANExxta2xAcGVuZ3V0cm9uaXguZGUACgkQPTuqJaypJWqQ
DAf+JRm7uhjaXEgITIhgiGIZBmCce7ONSBmBRr6cKcQyzMPaAHjfEZMcR5pltvH1
z03bspu5oug3bfSxk4iYK9hNxxAV+URxFxBDbOMdnolAsl6ZBcpOkx2jj/JFByZ5
fmOk8ChQr28qteEMLcTlm6O188eq2fZ+GUVZOh9iRslSVVcvGrM90NQoPFMUfP7G
On9+rZzSZlyNvdCSdFwrjUDzMVEW77P1Hv3gG10koefgIZKLelmMOIwDg7EvGTon
7HjqdZs6MFoSFAcbzJHB9lN0pAtK8nxWd3SPhdQof3kca8Dff/si4r5ZB2gAdSBq
w17LfdWoVE4p5/XvSyM4SM/X9A==
=Per+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.9-20161031' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2016-10-31
this is a pull request of two patches for the upcoming v4.9 release.
The first patch is by Lukas Resch for the sja1000 plx_pci driver that adds
support for Moxa CAN devices. The second patch is by Oliver Hartkopp and fixes
a potential kernel panic in the CAN broadcast manager.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Makefile/Kconfig currently controlling compilation of this code is:
drivers/net/cris/Makefile:obj-$(CONFIG_ETRAX_ARCH_V10) += eth_v10.o
arch/cris/Kconfig:config ETRAX_ARCH_V10
arch/cris/Kconfig: bool
...meaning that it currently is not being built as a module by anyone.
Lets remove the couple traces of modular infrastructure use, so that
when reading the driver there is no doubt it is builtin-only.
Since module_init translates to device_initcall in the non-modular
case, the init ordering remains unchanged with this commit.
There was a one line wrapper for the int init function, which made no
sense; hence we just put the device_initcall on the true init function
itself and delete the pointless wrapper. In doing that we get rid of
the following compile warning:
WARNING: drivers/net/built-in.o(.text+0x1e28): Section mismatch in
reference from the function etrax_init_module() to the function
.init.text:etrax_ethernet_init()
We don't replace module.h with init.h since the file already has that.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Mikael Starvik <starvik@axis.com>
Cc: Jesper Nilsson <jesper.nilsson@axis.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-cris-kernel@axis.com
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current bgmac code initializes some DMA settings in the receive control
register for some hardware and then immediately clears those settings.
Not clearing those settings results in ~420Mbps *improvement* in
throughput; this system can now receive frames at line-rate on Broadcom
5871x hardware compared to ~520Mbps today. I also tested a few other
values but found there to be no discernible difference in CPU
utilization even if burst size and prefetching values are different.
On the hardware tested there was no need to keep the code that cleared
all but bits 16-17, but since there is a wide variety of hardware that
used this driver (I did not look at all hardware docs for hardware using
this IP block), I find it wise to move this call up and clear bits just
after reading the default value from the hardware rather than completely
removing it.
This is a good candidate for -stable >=3.14 since that is when the code
that was supposed to improve performance (but did not) was introduced.
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Fixes: 56ceecde1f ("bgmac: initialize the DMA controller of core...")
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removed some of unnecessary if statements and unreachable code found by
static code analysis tool.
The return value of i40e_vsi_control_rings(..., false) is always 0. So,
test for non-zero will never be true. The function has been split into
"int i40e_vsi_start_rings()" and "void i40e_vsi_stop_rings()" for better
understanding.
Similarly, the function i40e_vsi_kill_vlan() never fails. So, checking
for return value is also unnecessary. Function definition changed to void.
The i40e_loopback_test() function is not implemented. The function and
all references to loopback testing were removed.
Change-ID: Id45cf66f6689ce2bc4e887de13f073e30e8431bd
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds I40E_NVMUPD_STATE_ERROR state for NVM update.
Without this patch driver has no possibility to return NVM image write
failure.This state is being set when ARQ rises error.
arq_last_status is also updated every time when ARQ event comes,
not only on error cases.
Change-ID: I67ce43ba22a240773c2821b436e96054db0b7c81
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosin <maciej.sosin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For some cases when reading from device are incorrect or image is
incorrect, this part of code causes crash due to division by zero.
Change-ID: I8961029a7a87b0a479995823ef8fcbf6471405e1
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a VF is reset, it gets a new VSI, so all of its MAC filters go
away. Correctly set the number of filters to 0 when freeing VF
resources. This corrects a problem with failure to add filters when the
VF driver is reloaded.
Change-ID: I2acbecf734287b67473bb225293e14b5096acbef
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch reorders the logic at the end of i40e_tx_map to address the
fact that the logic was rather convoluted and much larger than it needed
to be.
In order to try and coalesce the code paths I have updated some of the
comments and repurposed some of the variables in order to reduce
unnecessary overhead.
This patch does the following:
1. Quit tracking skb->xmit_more with a flag, just max out packet_stride
2. Drop tail_bump and do_rs and instead just use desc_count and td_cmd
3. Pull comments from ixgbe that make need for wmb() more explicit.
Change-ID: Ic7da85ec75043c634e87fef958109789bcc6317c
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a common method for finding a VSI by type. The main
motivation for doing this is that the Flow Director path actually had two
ways of handling this, one stopped on first match and one did not. This
patch makes it so that all callers of this function will get the same
approach for finding a VSI.
Change-ID: Ibf25de8acd8466582520694424aa87da66965fbd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the second call to msleep outside the loop, and move the msleep
within the loop as the first step. This guarantees that a single loop
will wait the minimum time first, and then after the reset finishes we
no longer need an extra msleep.
Change-ID: Ib2086f0a142402b614f67846bc091754203a0b9a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current Rx timestamp hang logic is not very robust because it does
not notice a register is hung until all four timestamps have been
latched and we wait a full 5 seconds. Replace this logic with a newer Rx
hang detection based on storing the jiffies when we first notice
a receive timestamp event. We store each register's time separately,
along with a flag indicating if it is currently latched. Upon first
transitioning to latch, we will update the latch_events[i] jiffies
value. This indicates the time we first noticed this event. The watchdog
routine will simply check that the either the flag has been cleared, or
we have passed at least one second. In this case, it is able to clear
the Rx timestamp register under the assumption that it was for a dropped
frame. The benefit if this strategy is that we should be able to
detect and clear out stalled RXTIME_H registers before we exhaust the
supply of 4, and avoid complete stall of Rx timestamp events.
Change-ID: Id55458c0cd7a5dd0c951ff2b8ac0b2509364131f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need a locking mechanism to protect the hardware SYSTIME register
which is split over 2 values, and has internal hardware latching. We
can't allow multiple accesses at the same time. However....
The spinlock_t is overkill here, especially use of spin_lock_irqsave,
since every PTP access will halt hardirqs. Notice that the only places
which need the SYSTIME value are user context and are capable of sleeping.
Thus, it is safe to use a mutex here instead of the spinlock.
Change-ID: I971761a89b58c6aad953590162e85a327fbba232
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When hardware has taken a timestamp for a received packet, it indicates
which RXTIME register the timestamp was placed in by some bits in the
receive descriptor. It uses 3 bits, one to indicate if the descriptor
index is valid (ie: there was a timestamp) and 2 bits to indicate which
of the 4 registers to read. However, the driver currently does not check
the TSYNVALID bit and only checks the index. It assumes a zero index
means no timestamp, and a non zero index means a timestamp occurred.
While this appears to be true, it prevents ever reading a timestamp in
RXTIME[0], and causes the first timestamp the device captures to be
ignored.
Fix this by using the TSYNVALID bit correctly as the true indicator of
whether the packet has an associated timestamp.
Also rename the variable rsyn to tsyn as this is more descriptive and
matches the register names.
Change-ID: I4437e8f3a3df2c2ddb458b0fb61420f3dafc4c12
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We duplicate some code around adding and deleting filters using the
adminq interface. This is prone to errors in case there are bugs. Use
functions which extract the logic to their own portion so that we don't
duplicate it twice in code.
Change-ID: I60d68aeb887976787dec00b23ab386a106e61465
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We determine that a VSI is in vlan_mode whenever it has any filters
with a VLAN other than -1 (I40E_VLAN_ALL). The previous method of doing
so was to perform a loop whenever we needed the check. However, we can
notice that only place where filters are added (i40e_add_filter) can
change the condition from false to true, and the only place we can
return to false is in i40e_vsi_sync_filters_subtask. Thus, we can remove
the loop and use a boolean directly.
Doing this avoids looping over filters repeatedly especially while we're
already inside a loop over all the filters. This should reduce the
latency of filter operations throughout the driver.
Change-ID: Iafde08df588da2a2ea666997d05e11fad8edc338
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently there exists a bug where adding at least one VLAN and then
removing all VLANs leaves the mac filters for the VSI with an incorrect
value for 'vid' which indicates the mac filter's VLAN status.
The current implementation for handling the removal of VLANs is wrong
for a couple reasons. The first is that when i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
iterates through the MAC filters, it fails to account for the MAC filter
status; i.e. it's not accommodating for filters that are about to be
deleted. The second problem is that MAC filters can be deleted in other
places (specifically i40e_set_rx_mode). Thus if it occurs that all the
VLAN MAC filters get deleted we need to switch out of VLAN mode, but the
code path through i40e_vsi_kill_vlan has already been executed and we're
now stuck in VLAN mode.
This patch fixes the issue by removing the check from i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
and puts the check instead in i40e_sync_vsi_filters where we're
guaranteed to see all filter deletions and can properly detect when we
need to switch out of VLAN mode.
Change-ID: Ib38fe6034b356eee9a0e20b8a9eeed5ff2debcd9
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, we fail to correctly restore filters on the temporary add
list when we fail to allocate memory either for deletion or addition.
Replace calls to "goto out;" with calls to a new location that correctly
handles memory allocation failures.
Note that it is safe for us to call i40e_undo_filter_entries on the
tmp_del_list even after we've deleted filters because at this point it
will be empty, so we don't need to separate the logic for add and
delete failure.
Change-Id: Iee107fd219c6e03e2fd9645c2debf8e8384a8521
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace the mac_filter_list with a static size hash table of 8bits. The
primary advantage of this is a decrease in latency of operations related
to searching for specific MAC filters, including .set_rx_mode. Using
a linked list resulted in several locations which were O(n^2). Using
a hash table should give us latency growth closer to O(n*log(n)).
Change-ID: I5330bd04053b880e670210933e35830b95948ebb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
When inside a loop where we call i40e_del_filter we use an O(n^2)
pattern where i40e_del_filter calls i40e_find_filter for us. We can
avoid this O(n^2) logic by factoring a function, __i40e_del_filter() out
from the i40e_del_filter code. This allows us to re-use the delete logic
where appropriate without having to search for the filter twice.
This new function benefits several functions including i40e_vsi_add_vlan,
i40e_vsi_kill_vlan, i40e_del_mac_vlan_all, and i40e_vsi_release.
Change-ID: I75fabe0f53bf73f56b80d342e5fdcfcc28f4d3eb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When adding new MAC address filters, the driver determines if it should
behave in VLAN mode (where all MAC addresses get assigned to every
existing VLAN) or in non-VLAN mode where MAC addresses get assigned the
VLAN_ANY identifier. Under some circumstances it is possible that a VLAN
has been marked for removal (such that all filters of that VLAN are set
to I40E_FILTER_REMOVE), and a subsequent call to i40e_put_mac_in_vlan
may occur prior to the driver subtask that syncs filters to the
hardware.
In this case, we may add filters to the new removed VLAN, even though it
should have been removed. This is most obvious when first adding a new
VLAN. We will delete all filters which are in I40E_VLAN_ANY (-1) and
then re-add them as in VLAN 0 (untagged). Then before we sync filters,
we will add new MAC address filter, which will be added to every VLAN
that exists. Unfortunately, this will include I40E_VLAN_ANY, so we will
end up incorrectly adding filters to the -1 VLAN. This can be fixed by
simply skipping all filters which are marked for removal.
A similar check is not necessary in i40e_del_mac_all_vlan, since we are
deleting, and any filter which we find already marked for removal would
simply be deleted again, which doesn't cause any issues.
Change-Id: I7962154013ce02fe950584690aeeb3ed853d0086
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a PVID has been assigned to a VSI, the function
i40e_put_mac_in_vlan arbitrarily modifies all filters
to have the same VLAN. This is obviously incorrect
because it could be modifying active filters without
putting them into the NEW state. The correct method
is to remove then re-add filters which is already done
in the code where we assign the PVID.
Fix this issue and a few other minor nits at the same
time. First, when we have a PVID don't even bother
looping and simply add the filter with the PVID immediately.
In the case of the loop, we now can remove several checks.
We also don't need to use i40e_find_filter first before
calling i40e_add_filter, since i40e_add_filter implicitly
does a lookup already.
Finally, update the return semantics of this function so
that on failure to add a filter it returns NULL, but on
success, it returns the last filter added. Otherwise,
we're just returning the last filter in the list. An
alternative fix might be to return 0 or an error code,
but this is pretty invasive to every call site.
Change-ID: I2325dfd843aec76d89fb0d7cb0e7c4f290a34840
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch will be modifying these functions and making a call to
a static function which currently is defined after these functions. Move
them in a separate patch to ease review and ensure the moved code is
correct.
Change-ID: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The kernel provides __dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync in order for drivers
which need individual notification of add and delete for each filter.
These functions allow us to vastly simplify our .set_rx_mode handler. We
need to implement two functions for sync and unsync which add and remove
filters respectively.
This change avoids a very complex and inefficient algorithm which
resulted in an abnormal latency for the .set_rx_mode NDO operation. The
resulting code after this change is more readable, more efficient, and
less code.
Due to the callback signature used by these functions we also must
update several other functions to take a const u8 * pointer.
Change-Id: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Originally the is_vf and is_netdev fields were added in order to
distinguish between VF and netdev filters in a single VSI. However, it
can be noted that we use separate VSI for SRIOV VFs and for netdev VSI.
Thus, since a single VSI should only ever have one type of filter, we
can simply remove the checks and remove the typing.
In a similar fashion, we can note that the only remaining way to get
multiple filters of a single type is through a debug command that was
added to debugfs. This command is useless in practice, and results in
causing bugs if we keep counter tracking but lose the is_vf and
is_netdev protections as desired above.
Since the only time we'd actually have a counter value besides 0 and
1 is through use of this debugfs hook, we can remove this unnecessary
command, and the entire counter logic it required.
We vastly simplify mac filters by removing
(a) the distinction between VF and netdev filters
(b) counting logic
(c) the ability to add and remove filters bypassing the stack via debugfs
Change-ID: Idf916dd2a1159b1188ddbab5bef6b85ea6bf27d9
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Trival fix, dev_err message is missing a \n, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While grant reference is of type uint32_t, xen-netfront erroneously casts
it to signed short in BUG_ON().
This would lead to the xen domU panic during boot-up or migration when it
is attached with lots of paravirtual devices.
Signed-off-by: Dongli Zhang <dongli.zhang@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, each interfaces assumes it receives an equal portion
of HW/FW resources, but this is wasteful - different partitions
[and specifically, parititions exposing different protocol support]
might require different resources.
Implement a new resource learning scheme where the information is
received directly from the management firmware [which has knowledge
of all of the functions and can serve as arbiter].
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver sets several restrictions about the number of supported VFs
according to available HW/FW resources.
This creates a problem as there are constellations which can't be
supported [as limitation don't accurately describe the resources],
as well as holes where enabling IOV would fail due to supposed
lack of resources.
This introduces a new interal feature - vf-queues, which would
be used to lift some of the restriction and accurately enumerate
the queues that can be used by a given PF's VFs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today, RDMA capabilities are learned from management firmware
which provides a per-device indication for all interfaces.
Newer management firmware is capable of providing a per-device
indication [would later be extended to either RoCE/iWARP].
Try using this newer learning mechanism, but fallback in case
management firmware is too old to retain current functionality.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the qed_lm_maps is closely tied with the QED_LM_* defines,
when iterating over the array use actual size instead of the qed
define to prevent future possible issues.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Management firmware is interested in various tidbits about
the driver - including the driver state & several configuration
related fields [MTU, primtary MAC, etc.].
This adds the necessray logic to update MFW with such configurations,
some of which are passed directly via qed while for others APIs
are provide so that qede would be able to later configure if needed.
This also introduces a new default configuration for MTU which would
replace the default inherited by being an ethernet device.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for Moxa CAN devices.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Resch <l.resch@incubedit.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Zehentner <c.zehentner@incubedit.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
iwlwifi
* some fixes for suspend/resume with unified FW images
* a fix for a false-positive lockdep report
* a fix for multi-queue that caused an unnecessary 1 second latency
* a fix for an ACPI parsing bug that caused a misleading error message
brcmfmac
* fix a variable uninitialised warning in brcmf_cfg80211_start_ap()
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJYFbhOAAoJEG4XJFUm622bSCYIAKjSnuc8uTAzeOp1gAajzij6
HOfJqbb2d6QX28nDjoFBkhY1tUXfk1ltAA8MaAqv8eHsOpEDN9+zXEiQZAZDCB5k
TmUYHtvK3d7QdAJKm9QdpDPUsGKoRzJdnlLVXSg2lGgyARQ1U/gohbl9ZTdsI+/e
ucEQBhjJa4OQUup4kPIXtOdUlZPQSokkqFzqUnZuHWLGDGynl5eKcSxzYr9REKbr
MH005AuZHp19+mLsSo/1+bH4Qe0K6Vq7I5uJ6jIiYW+mH58DKPPb9pBvdZ8qSugM
gd7Ju7Z6/A3pG4+61J9o4yg39KZu4LN1UmwldnU4DRO1NNliipD5slxG5sE1/hU=
=ktW5
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-10-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.9
iwlwifi
* some fixes for suspend/resume with unified FW images
* a fix for a false-positive lockdep report
* a fix for multi-queue that caused an unnecessary 1 second latency
* a fix for an ACPI parsing bug that caused a misleading error message
brcmfmac
* fix a variable uninitialised warning in brcmf_cfg80211_start_ap()
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the device, a MID entry represents a group of local ports, which can
later be bound to a MDB entry.
The lookup of an existing MID entry is currently done using the provided
MC MAC address and VID, from the Linux bridge. However, this can result
in an incorrect reuse of the same MID index in different VLAN-unaware
bridges (same IP MC group and VID 0).
Fix this by performing the lookup based on FID instead of VID, which is
unique across different bridges.
Fixes: 3a49b4fde2 ("mlxsw: Adding layer 2 multicast support")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an interface is configured to use Tx/Rx-only queues,
the length of the statistics would be shortened to accomodate only the
statistics required per-each queue, and the values would be provided
accordingly.
However, the strings provided would still contain both Tx and Rx strings
for each one of the queues [regardless of its configuration], which might
lead to out-of-bound access when filling the buffers as well as incorrect
statistics presented.
Fixes: 9a4d7e86ac ("qede: Add support for Tx/Rx-only queues.")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch fixes an issue with the ldmvsw driver where
the network connection of a guest domain becomes non-functional after
the guest domain has panic'd and rebooted.
The root cause was determined to be from the following series of
events:
1. Guest domain panics - resulting in the guest no longer processing
network packets (from ldmvsw driver)
2. The ldmvsw driver (in the control domain) eventually exerts flow
control due to no more available tx drings and stops the tx queue
for the guest domain
3. The LDC of the network connection for the guest is reset when
the guest domain reboots after the panic.
4. The LDC reset event is received by the ldmvsw driver and the ldmvsw
responds by clearing the tx queue for the guest.
5. ldmvsw waits indefinitely for a DATA ACK from the guest - which is
the normal method to re-enable the tx queue. But the ACK never comes
because the tx queue was cleared due to the LDC reset.
To fix this issue, in addition to clearing the tx queue, re-enable the
tx queue on a LDC reset. This prevents the ldmvsw from getting caught in
this deadlocked state of waiting for a DATA ACK which will never come.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Young <Aaron.Young@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current codes use _IOC_TYPE(cmd) == 0x89 to check if the cmd is one
socket ioctl command like SIOCGIFHWADDR. But the literal number 0x89 may
confuse readers. So create one macro SOCK_IOC_TYPE to enhance the readability.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The second SET_NETDEV_DEV() in the hunk should be
removed.
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The r8152 driver has been broken since (approx) 3.16.xx
when support was added for hardware RX checksums
on newer chip versions. Symptoms include random
segfaults and silent data corruption over NFS.
The hardware checksum logig does not work on the VER_02
dongles I have here when used with a slow embedded system CPU.
Google reveals others reporting similar issues on Raspberry Pi.
So, disable hardware RX checksum support for VER_02, and fix
an obvious coding error for IPV6 checksums in the same function.
Because this bug results in silent data corruption,
it is a good candidate for back-porting to -stable >= 3.16.xx.
Signed-off-by: Mark Lord <mlord@pobox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=D5Ix
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'shared-for-4.10-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/leon/linux-rdma
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox mlx5 core driver updates 2016-10-25
This series contains some updates and fixes of mlx5 core and
IB drivers with the addition of two features that demand
new low level commands and infrastructure updates.
- SRIOV VF max rate limit support
- mlx5e tc support for FWD rules with counter.
Needed for both net and rdma subsystems.
Updates and Fixes:
From Saeed Mahameed (2):
- mlx5 IB: Skip handling unknown mlx5 events
- Add ConnectX-5 PCIe 4.0 VF device ID
From Artemy Kovalyov (2):
- Update struct mlx5_ifc_xrqc_bits
- Ensure SRQ physical address structure endianness
From Eugenia Emantayev (1):
- Fix length of async_event_mask
New Features:
From Mohamad Haj Yahia (3): mlx5 SRIOV VF max rate limit support
- Introduce TSAR manipulation firmware commands
- Introduce E-switch QoS management
- Add SRIOV VF max rate configuration support
From Mark Bloch (7): mlx5e Tc support for FWD rule with counter
- Don't unlock fte while still using it
- Use fte status to decide on firmware command
- Refactor find_flow_rule
- Group similar rules under the same fte
- Add multi dest support
- Add option to add fwd rule with counter
- mlx5e tc support for FWD rule with counter
Mark here fixed two trivial issues with the flow steering core, and did
some refactoring in the flow steering API to support adding mulit destination
rules to the same hardware flow table entry at once. In the last two patches
added the ability to populate a flow rule with a flow counter to the same flow entry.
V2: Dropped some patches that added new structures without adding any usage of them.
Added SRIOV VF max rate configuration support patch that introduces
the usage of the TSAR infrastructure.
Added flow steering fixes and refactoring in addition to mlx5 tc
support for forward rule with counter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SwitchIB and SwitchIB-2 are Infiniband switches with up to 36 ports. This
driver initialize the hardware and Firmware which implements the IB
management and connection with the SM.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SwitchX-2 is IB capable device. This patch add a support to change the
port type between Ethernet and Infiniband.
When the port is set to IB, the FW implements the Subnet Management Agent
(SMA) manage the port. All port attributes can be control remotely by
the SM.
Usage:
$ devlink port show
pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth0
pci/0000:03:00.0/3: type eth netdev eth1
pci/0000:03:00.0/5: type eth netdev eth2
pci/0000:03:00.0/6: type eth netdev eth3
pci/0000:03:00.0/8: type eth netdev eth4
$ devlink port set pci/0000:03:00.0/1 type ib
$ devlink port show
pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type ib
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we are about to add Infiniband port remove and create we will add
"eth" prefix to port create and remove APIs.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add "port_type_set" API to mlxsw core. The core layer send the change type
callback to the port along with it's private information.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we are about to introduce IB port APIs, we will add prefixes to
existing APIs.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to put a port in Infiniband fabric it should be assigned
to separate swid (Switch partition) that initialized as IB swid.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, devlink register/unregister is done directly from
spectrum/switchx2 port create/remove functions. With a need to
introduce a port type change, the devlink port instances have to be
persistent across type changes, therefore across port create/remove
function calls. So do a bit of reshuffling to achieve that.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to change a port type to Infiniband port we should change his
mapping from local-port to Infiniband. Adding the PLIB (Port Local to
InfiniBand) allows this mapping.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support Infiniband fabric, we need to introduce IB speeds and
capabilities to PTYS emads.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to add Infiniband support to PTYS. In order to maintain proper
conventions, we will change pack and unpack prefix to eth.
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In SwitchX-2 we configure the port speed to negotiate with 40G link only.
Add support for all other supported speeds.
Fixes: 31557f0f97 ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox SwitchX-2 ASIC support")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export to userspace the front panel name of the port, so that udev can
rename the ports accordingly. The convention suggested by switchdev
documentation is used: pX
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be symmentrical with create and do the check outside the remove function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Be symmentrical with create and do the check outside the remove function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do it in a same way we do it in spectrum. Check if port is usable first
and only in that case create a port instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We recently discovered a bug in the firmware in which a field's length in
one of the registers was incorrectly set. This caused the firmware to
access garbage data that wasn't initialized by the driver and therefore
emit error messages.
While the bug is already fixed and the driver usually zeros the buffers
passed to the firmware, there are a handful of cases where this isn't
done. Zero the buffer in these cases and prevent similar bugs from
recurring, as they tend to be hard to debug.
Fixes: 52581961d8 ("mlxsw: core: Implement fan control using hwmon")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating a FWD rule using tc create also a HW counter
for this rule.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Currently the code supports only drop rules to possess counters,
add that ability also for fwd rules.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Currently when calling mlx5_add_flow_rule we accept
only one flow destination, this commit allows to pass
multiple destinations.
This change forces us to change the return structure to a more
flexible one. We introduce a flow handle (struct mlx5_flow_handle),
it holds internally the number for rules created and holds an array
where each cell points the to a flow rule.
From the consumers (of mlx5_add_flow_rule) point of view this
change is only cosmetic and requires only to change the type
of the returned value they store.
From the core point of view, we now need to use a loop when
allocating and deleting rules (e.g given to us a flow handler).
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
When adding a new rule, if we can match it with compare_match_value and
flow tag we might be able to insert the rule to the same fte.
In order to do that, there must be an overlap between the actions of the
fte and the new rule.
When updating the action of an existing fte, we must tell the firmware
we are doing so.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
The way we compare between two dests will need to be used in other
places in the future, so we factor out the comparison logic
between two dests into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
An fte status becomes FS_FTE_STATUS_EXISTING only after it was
created in HW. We can use this in order to simplify the logic on
what firmware command to use. If the status isn't FS_FTE_STATUS_EXISTING
we need to create the fte, otherwise we need only to update it.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
When adding a new rule to an fte, we need to hold the fte lock
until we add that rule to the fte and increase the fte ref count.
Fixes: 0c56b97503 ("net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering API")
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Add TSAR to the eswitch which will act as the vports rate limiter.
Create/Destroy TSAR on Enable/Dsiable SRIOV.
Attach/Detach vport to eswitch TSAR on Enable/Disable vport.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
TSAR (stands for Transmit Scheduling ARbiter) is a hardware component
that is responsible for selecting the next entity to serve on the
transmit path.
The arbitration defines the QoS policy between the agents connected to
the TSAR.
The TSAR is a consist two main features:
1) BW Allocation between agents:
The TSAR implements a defecit weighted round robin between the agents.
Each agent attached to the TSAR is assigned with a weight and it is
awarded transmission tokens according to this weight.
2) Rate limer per agent:
Each agent attached to the TSAR is (optionally) assigned with a rate
limit.
TSAR will not allow scheduling for an agent exceeding its defined rate
limit.
In this patch we implement the API of manipulating the TSAR.
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
For the mlx5 driver to support ConnectX-5 PCIe 4.0 VFs, we add the
device ID "0x101a" to mlx5_core_pci_table.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
According to PRM async_event_mask have to be 64 bits long.
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Lots of fixes, mostly drivers as is usually the case.
1) Don't treat zero DMA address as invalid in vmxnet3, from Alexey
Khoroshilov.
2) Fix element timeouts in netfilter's nft_dynset, from Anders K.
Pedersen.
3) Don't put aead_req crypto struct on the stack in mac80211, from
Ard Biesheuvel.
4) Several uninitialized variable warning fixes from Arnd Bergmann.
5) Fix memory leak in cxgb4, from Colin Ian King.
6) Fix bpf handling of VLAN header push/pop, from Daniel Borkmann.
7) Several VRF semantic fixes from David Ahern.
8) Set skb->protocol properly in ip6_tnl_xmit(), from Eli Cooper.
9) Socket needs to be locked in udp_disconnect(), from Eric Dumazet.
10) Div-by-zero on 32-bit fix in mlx4 driver, from Eugenia Emantayev.
11) Fix stale link state during failover in NCSCI driver, from Gavin
Shan.
12) Fix netdev lower adjacency list traversal, from Ido Schimmel.
13) Propvide proper handle when emitting notifications of filter
deletes, from Jamal Hadi Salim.
14) Memory leaks and big-endian issues in rtl8xxxu, from Jes Sorensen.
15) Fix DESYNC_FACTOR handling in ipv6, from Jiri Bohac.
16) Several routing offload fixes in mlxsw driver, from Jiri Pirko.
17) Fix broadcast sync problem in TIPC, from Jon Paul Maloy.
18) Validate chunk len before using it in SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
19) Revert a netns locking change that causes regressions, from Paul
Moore.
20) Add recursion limit to GRO handling, from Sabrina Dubroca.
21) GFP_KERNEL in irq context fix in ibmvnic, from Thomas Falcon.
22) Avoid accessing stale vxlan/geneve socket in data path, from
Pravin Shelar"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (189 commits)
geneve: avoid using stale geneve socket.
vxlan: avoid using stale vxlan socket.
qede: Fix out-of-bound fastpath memory access
net: phy: dp83848: add dp83822 PHY support
enic: fix rq disable
tipc: fix broadcast link synchronization problem
ibmvnic: Fix missing brackets in init_sub_crq_irqs
ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context
Revert "ibmvnic: Fix releasing of sub-CRQ IRQs in interrupt context"
arch/powerpc: Update parameters for csum_tcpudp_magic & csum_tcpudp_nofold
net/mlx4_en: Save slave ethtool stats command
net/mlx4_en: Fix potential deadlock in port statistics flow
net/mlx4: Fix firmware command timeout during interrupt test
net/mlx4_core: Do not access comm channel if it has not yet been initialized
net/mlx4_en: Fix panic during reboot
net/mlx4_en: Process all completions in RX rings after port goes up
net/mlx4_en: Resolve dividing by zero in 32-bit system
net/mlx4_core: Change the default value of enable_qos
net/mlx4_core: Avoid setting ports to auto when only one port type is supported
net/mlx4_core: Fix the resource-type enum in res tracker to conform to FW spec
...
This patch is similar to earlier vxlan patch.
Geneve device close operation frees geneve socket. This
operation can race with geneve-xmit function which
dereferences geneve socket. Following patch uses RCU
mechanism to avoid this situation.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When vxlan device is closed vxlan socket is freed. This
operation can race with vxlan-xmit function which
dereferences vxlan socket. Following patch uses RCU
mechanism to avoid this situation.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver allocates a shadow array for transmitted SKBs with X entries;
That means valid indices are {0,...,X - 1}. [X == 8191]
Problem is the driver also uses X as a mask for a
producer/consumer in order to choose the right entry in the
array which allows access to entry X which is out of bounds.
To fix this, simply allocate X + 1 entries in the shadow array.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <Raju.Lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microsemi.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
* AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
* config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
* deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=SjfQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-10-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Among various cleanups and improvements, we have the following:
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
* AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
* config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
* deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This PHY has a compatible register set with DP83848x so
add support for it.
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When MTU is changed from 9000 to 1500 while there is burst of inbound 9000
bytes packets, adaptor sometimes delivers 9000 bytes packets to 1500 bytes
buffers. This causes memory corruption and sometimes crash.
This is because of a race condition in adaptor between "RQ disable"
clearing descriptor mini-cache and mini-cache valid bit being set by
completion of descriptor fetch. This can result in stale RQ desc being
cached and used when packets arrive. In this case, the stale descriptor
have old MTU value.
Solution is to write RQ->disable twice. The first write will stop any
further desc fetches, allowing the second disable to clear the mini-cache
valid bit without danger of a race.
Also, the check for rq->running becoming 0 after writing rq->enable to 0
is not done properly. When incoming packets are flooding the interface,
rq->running will pulse high for each dropped packet. Since the driver was
waiting for 10us between each poll, it is possible to see rq->running = 1
1000 times in a row, even though it is not actually stuck running.
This results in false failure of vnic_rq_disable(). Fix is to try more
than 1000 time without delay between polls to ensure we do not miss when
running goes low.
In old adaptors rq->enable needs to be re-written to 0 when posted_index
is reset in vnic_rq_clean() in order to keep rq->prefetch_index in sync.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Schedule these XPORT event tasks in the shared workqueue
so that IRQs are not freed in an interrupt context when
sub-CRQs are released.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do this so the sysfs has "device" link correctly set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-27
This series contains fixes to ixgbe and i40e.
Emil fixes a NULL pointer dereference when a macvlan interface is brought
up while the PF is still down.
David root caused the original panic that was fixed by commit id
(a036244c06 "i40e: Fix kernel panic on enable/disable LLDP") and the
fix was not quite correct, so removed the get_default_tc() and replaced
it with a #define since there is only one TC supported as a default.
Guilherme Piccoli fixes an issue where if we modprobe the driver module
without enough MSI-X interrupts, then unload the module and reload it
again, the kernel would crash. So if we fail to allocate enough MSI-X
interrupts, we should disable them since they were previously enabled.
Huaibin Wang found that the order of the arguments for
ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink() were in the correct order, so fix the order.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following the previous patch, as an optimization, the slave will
not even bother sending the DUMP_ETH_STATS command over the
comm channel.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_en_DUMP_ETH_STATS took the *counter mutex* and then
called the FW command, with WRAPPED attribute. As a result, the fw command
is wrapped on the Hypervisor when it calls mlx4_en_DUMP_ETH_STATS.
The FW command wrapper flow on the hypervisor takes the *slave_cmd_mutex*
during processing.
At the same time, a VF could be in the process of coming up, and could
call mlx4_QUERY_FUNC_CAP. On the hypervisor, the command flow takes the
*slave_cmd_mutex*, then executes mlx4_QUERY_FUNC_CAP_wrapper.
mlx4_QUERY_FUNC_CAP wrapper calls mlx4_get_default_counter_index(),
which takes the *counter mutex*. DEADLOCK.
The fix is that the DUMP_ETH_STATS fw command should be called with
the NATIVE attribute, so that on the hypervisor, this command does not
enter the wrapper flow.
Since the Hypervisor no longer goes through the wrapper code, we also
simply return 0 in mlx4_DUMP_ETH_STATS_wrapper (i.e.the function succeeds,
but the returned data will be all zeroes).
No need to test if it is the Hypervisor going through the wrapper.
Fixes: f9baff509f ("mlx4_core: Add "native" argument to mlx4_cmd ...")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently interrupt test that is part of ethtool selftest runs the
check over all interrupt vectors of the device.
In mlx4_en package part of interrupt vectors are uninitialized since
mlx4_ib doesn't exist. This causes NOP FW command to time out.
Change logic to test current port interrupt vectors only.
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the Hypervisor, there are several FW commands which are invoked
before the comm channel is initialized (in mlx4_multi_func_init).
These include MOD_STAT_CONFIG, QUERY_DEV_CAP, INIT_HCA, and others.
If any of these commands fails, say with a timeout, the Hypervisor
driver enters the internal error reset flow. In this flow, the driver
attempts to notify all slaves via the comm channel that an internal error
has occurred.
Since the comm channel has not yet been initialized (i.e., mapped via
ioremap), this will cause dereferencing a NULL pointer.
To fix this, do not access the comm channel in the internal error flow
if it has not yet been initialized.
Fixes: 55ad359225 ("net/mlx4_core: Enable device recovery flow with SRIOV")
Fixes: ab9c17a009 ("mlx4_core: Modify driver initialization flow to accommodate SRIOV for Ethernet")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a kernel panic that occurs as a result of an asynchronous event
handled in roce_gid_mgmt:
mlx4_en_get_drvinfo is called and accesses freed resources.
This happens in a shutdown flow only, since pci device is destroyed
while netdevice is still alive.
Fixes: c27a02cd94 ("mlx4_en: Add driver for Mellanox ConnectX 10GbE NIC")
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is a race between incoming traffic and
initialization flow. HW is able to receive the packets
after INIT_PORT is done and unicast steering is configured.
Before we set priv->port_up NAPI is not scheduled and
receive queues become full. Therefore we never get
new interrupts about the completions.
This issue could happen if running heavy traffic during
bringing port up.
The resolution is to schedule NAPI once port_up is set.
If receive queues were full this will process all cqes
and release them.
Fixes: c27a02cd94 ("mlx4_en: Add driver for Mellanox ConnectX 10GbE NIC")
Signed-off-by: Erez Shitrit <erezsh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing roundup_pow_of_two for large enough number with
bit 31, an overflow will occur and a value equal to 1 will
be returned. In this case 1 will be subtracted from the return
value and division by zero will be reached.
Fixes: 31c128b66e ("net/mlx4_en: Choose time-stamping shift value according to HW frequency")
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the default status of quality of service back to disabled,
as it hurts performance in some cases.
Fixes: 38438f7c7e ("net/mlx4: Set enhanced QoS support by default when ...")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Lazer <moshel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When only one port type is supported, it should be read only.
We reject changing requests, even to the auto sense mode.
Fixes: 27bf91d6a0 ("mlx4_core: Add link type autosensing")
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The resource type enum in the resource tracker was incorrect.
RES_EQ was put in the position of RES_NPORT_ID (a FC resource).
Since the remaining resources maintain their current values,
and RES_EQ is not passed from slaves to the hypervisor in any
FW command, this change affects only the hypervisor.
Therefore, there is no backwards-compatibility issue.
Fixes: 623ed84b1f ("mlx4_core: initial header-file changes for SRIOV support")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-28
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Carolyn provides a couple of fixes, first resolving a problem in the
client interface that was causing random stack traces in the RDMA driver
which was due to a timing related NULL pointer dereference. Fixed a
problem where it could take a very long time to print the link down
notification, by changing how often we update link info from firmware.
Alex provides a number of changes, first is a re-write of the bust wait
loop in the Flow Director transmit function to reduce code size. Cleans
up unused code in favor of the same functionality which can be inlined.
Dropped the functionality for SCTP since we cannot currently support it.
Cleans up redundant code in the receive clean-up path. Finally cleaned
up the convoluted configuration for how the driver handled the debug
flags contained in msg_level.
Filip fixes an incorrect bit mask which was being used for testing the
"get link status". Cleaned up a workaround that is no longer needed
for production NICs and was causing frames to pass while disregarding
the VLAN tagging.
Mitch brings another fix for the client interface supporting the VF RDMA
driver to allow clients to recover from reset by re-opening existing
clients.
Alan fixes a bug in which a "perfect storm" can occur and cause interrupts
to fail to be correctly affinitized.
Lihong fixes a confusing dmesg reported when users were using ethtool -L
option.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Schedule these XPORT event tasks in the shared workqueue
so that IRQs are not freed in an interrupt context when
sub-CRQs are released.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC is capable of RGMII mode and that is probably a more typical
connection type than GMII today (eg it is used by Marvell Reference
designs for several SOCs). Let DT users specify the standard
phy-connection-type = "rgmii-id";
On a phy node.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a definition for PHY ID mask for improving code readability.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit e3f74b841d
("hv_netvsc: report vmbus name in ethtool")'
because of problem introduced by commit f9a56e5d6a0ba
("Drivers: hv: make VMBus bus ids persistent").
This changed the format of the vmbus name and this new format is too
long to fit in the bus_info field of ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to release resources properly in error handling path of
alloc_uld_rxqs(), This patch also removes unwanted arguments
and avoids calling the same function twice.
Fixes: 94cdb8bb99 (cxgb4: Add support for dynamic allocation
of resources for ULD
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an old warning about mlx4_SW2HW_EQ_wrapper on x86:
ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c: In function ‘mlx4_SW2HW_EQ_wrapper’:
ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/resource_tracker.c:3071:10: error: ‘eq’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
The problem here is that gcc won't track the state of the variable
across a spin_unlock. Moving the assignment out of the lock is
safe here and avoids the warning.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When cmd is TUNSETIFF and tun is not null, the original codes go ahead,
then reach the default case of switch(cmd) and set the ret is -EINVAL.
It is not clear for readers.
Now move the tun check into the block of TUNSETIFF condition check, and
return -EEXIST instead of -EINVAL when the tfile already owns one tun.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <fgao@ikuai8.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the firmware can't work with a page with dma address 0.
Passing such an address to the firmware will cause the give_pages
command to fail.
To avoid this, in case we get a 0 dma address of a page from the
dma engine, we avoid passing it to FW by remapping to get an address
other than 0.
Fixes: bf0bf77f65 ('mlx5: Support communicating arbitrary host...')
Signed-off-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case that the kernel PCI error handlers are not called, we will
trigger our own recovery flow.
The health work will give priority to the kernel pci error handlers to
recover the PCI by waiting for a small period, if the pci error handlers
are not triggered the manual recovery flow will be executed.
We don't save pci state in case of manual recovery because it will ruin the
pci configuration space and we will lose dma sync.
Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is a race between the health care work and the kernel
pci error handlers because both of them detect the error, the first one
to be called will do the error handling.
There is a chance that health care will disable the pci after resuming
pci slot.
Also create a separate WQ because now we will have two types of health
works, one for the error detection and one for the recovery.
Fixes: 89d44f0a6c ('net/mlx5_core: Add pci error handlers to mlx5_core driver')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The health sick status should be cleared when we start the health poll.
This is crucial for driver reload (unload + load) in order to behave
right in case of health issue.
Fixes: fd76ee4da5 ('net/mlx5_core: Fix internal error detection conditions')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Ingress/Egress ACL enable function may fail and it should return
status to its caller to avoid NULL pointer dereference.
Fixes: f942380c12 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Vport ingress/egress ACLs rules for spoofchk')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Detaching the netdev before unregistering it cause some netdev cleanup
ndos to fail because they check presence of the netdev, so we need to
unregister the netdev first.
Fixes: 26e59d8077 ('net/mlx5e: Implement mlx5e interface attach/detach callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of predicting the index of the wanted LRO timeout value from
hardware capabilities, look for the nearest LRO timeout value.
Fixes: 5c50368f38 ('net/mlx5e: Light-weight netdev open/stop')
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohamad Haj Yahia <mohamad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, last use timestamp is initialized to zero.
This is not the expected value by higher layers such as
when we do TC action offloading. To fix that, set it to
the current time, e.g when the counter/rule is offloaded.
This is the same behaviour of non-offloaded TC actions.
Fixes: 43a335e055 ('mlx5_core: Flow counters infrastructure')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Autogroups groups num is increased when creating a new flow group,
but is never decreased.
Now decreasing it when deleting a flow group.
Fixes: f0d22d1874 ('net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering autogrouped flow table')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Finding a new autogroup range is done by going over a group list
sorted by each group start index. The search is stopped after finding
the first free range. Adding the newly created group to the list is
wrongly added to the end of the list regardless of its start index as
the parameter of where to insert it is ignored.
This commit makes sure to use that unused parameter to insert
it where requested.
Fixes: f0d22d1874 ('net/mlx5_core: Introduce flow steering autogrouped flow table')
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always query the HCA caps after setting them to update the capablities
data structures. Not doing so results in incorrect capabilities being
reported including max_dc, max_qp and several others.
Fixes: 59211bd3b6 ("net/mlx5: Split the load/unload flow into hardware
and software flows")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ARM 64B cache line systems have L1_CACHE_BYTES set to 128.
cache_line_size() will return the correct size.
Fixes: cf50b5efa2fe('net/mlx5_core/ib: New device capabilities
handling.')
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The virtio committee recently ratified a change, VIRTIO-152, which
defines the mtu field to be 'max' MTU, not simply desired MTU.
This commit brings the virtio-net device in compliance with VIRTIO-152.
Additionally, drop the max_mtu branch - it cannot be taken since the u16
returned by virtio_cread16 will never exceed the initial value of
max_mtu.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@redhat.com>
Acked-by: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So the i40e driver had a really convoluted configuration for how to handle
the debug flags contained in msg_level. Part of the issue is that the
driver has its own 32 bit mask that it was using to track a separate set of
debug features. From what I can tell it was trying to use the upper 4 bits
to determine if the value was meant to represent a bit-mask or the numeric
value provided by debug level.
What this patch does is clean this up by compressing those 4 bits into bit
31, as a result we just have to perform a check against the value being
negative to determine if we are looking at a debug level (positive), or a
debug mask (negative). The debug level will populate the msg_level, and
the debug mask will populate the debug_mask in the hardware struct.
I added similar logic for ethtool. If the value being provided has bit 31
set we assume the value being provided is a debug mask, otherwise we assume
it is a msg_enable mask. For displaying we only provide the msg_enable,
and if debug_mask is in use we will print it to the dmesg log.
Lastly I removed the debugfs interface. It is redundant with what we
already have in ethtool and really doesn't belong anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Patch a036244c06 "i40e: Fix kernel panic on enable/disable LLDP"
introduced an error in bit logic.
Originally this bit manipulation was meant to clear two bits to indicate
that DCB was not enabled or capable. An "&" was incorrectly used instead
of an "|" bit operator to combine the two bitmasks into one. This also
created a static checker error since the resultant code was a no-op.
This patch fixes the error by using the correct bit-wise operator.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is code refactoring. This patch removes the workaround which deleted
a default MAC filter added by the firmware when the interface was brought
up. This filter caused frames to pass disregarding the VLAN tagging.
It used to be automatically applied after reset in pre-SRA FW versions.
This workaround is not needed in production NICs and hence can be removed.
Change-ID: I129fe1aae1f17b5a224c9b29a996d916aa1be1ec
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where it could take a very
long time (>100 msec) to print the link down notification.
This problem is fixed by changing how often we update link
info from fw, when link is down. Without this patch, it can
take over 100msec to notify user link is down.
Change-ID: Ib876eb30834c7080792becd13ee093b9cbb35d78
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up several pieces of redundant code in the Rx clean-up
paths.
The first bit is that hdr_addr and the status_err_len portions of the Rx
descriptor represent the same value. As such there is no point in setting
them to 0 before setting them to 0. I'm dropping the second spot where we
are updating the value to 0 so that we only have 1 write for this value
instead of 2.
The second piece is the checking for the DD bit in the packet. We only
need to check for a non-zero value for the status_err_len because if the
device is done with the descriptor it will have written something back and
the DD is just one piece of it. In addition I have moved the reading of
the Rx descriptor bits related to rx_ptype down so that they are actually
below the dma_rmb() call so that we are guaranteed that we don't have any
funky 64b on 32b calls causing any ordering issues.
Change-ID: I256e44a025d3c64a7224aaaec37c852bfcb1871b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethtool -L option with the combined parameter is for changing the number of
multi-purpose channels of the specified network device. The pre-set maximum
for the combined channels is cpu dependent. Currently, for an i40e device,
when the user sets a value between 64 and the maximum that the cpu can
support for the combined parameter, the i40e driver displays the confusing
info in dmesg to only show 64 as the RSS count regardless of what the
accepted user input is as long as it is larger than 64.
This patch fixes the message in the i40e driver when the user uses
ethtool -L to change the number of the combined channels to consistently
display the user requested value if it is valid and accepted by ethtool.
Change-ID: Ia80a68bc844b779a49e0f76e7d3dcc915032d9af
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move some data to text
$ size drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
25012 0 32 25044 61d4 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.new
22868 2120 32 25020 61bc drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which a 'perfect storm' can occur and cause
interrupts to fail to be correctly affinitized. This causes unexpected
behavior and has a substantial impact on performance when it happens.
The bug occurs if there is heavy traffic, any number of CPUs that have
an i40e interrupt are pegged at 100%, and the interrupt afffinity for
those CPUs is changed. Instead of moving to the new CPU, the interrupt
continues to be polled while there is heavy traffic.
The bug is most readily realized as the driver is first brought up and
all interrupts start on CPU0. If there is heavy traffic and the
interrupt starts polling before the interrupt is affinitized, the
interrupt will be stuck on CPU0 until traffic stops. The bug, however,
can also be wrought out more simply by affinitizing all the interrupts
to a single CPU and then attempting to move any of those interrupts off
while there is heavy traffic.
This patch fixes the bug by registering for update notifications from
the kernel when the interrupt affinity changes. When that fires, we
cache the intended affinity mask. Then, while polling, if the cpu is
pegged at 100% and we failed to clean the rings, we check to make sure
we have the correct affinity and stop polling if we're firing on the
wrong CPU. When the kernel successfully moves the interrupt, it will
start polling on the correct CPU. The performance impact is minimal
since the only time this section gets executed is when performance is
already compromised by the CPU.
Change-ID: I4410a880159b9dba1f8297aa72bef36dca34e830
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Group together the minimum set of offload capabilities that are always
supported by VF in base mode. This define would be used by PF to make
sure VF in base mode gets minimum of base capabilities .
Change-ID: Id5e8f22ba169c8f0a38d22fc36b2cb531c02582c
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow the client interface to reopen existing clients if they were
closed. This allows clients to recover from reset, which is essential
for supporting VF RDMA. In one instance, the driver was not clearing the
open bit when the client was closed. Add the code to clear this bit so
that the state is accurate and the driver will not attempt to reopen
already-open clients. Remove the ref_cnt variable; it was just getting
in the way and was not being used consistently.
Change-ID: Ic71af4553b096963ac0c56a997f887c9a4ed162d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We cannot currently support SCTP in the hardware, and IPV4_FLOW is not used
anywhere by the software so we can go through and drop the functionality
related to these two flow types.
In addition we cannot support masking based on the protocol value so if the
user is expecting a value other than TCP or UDP we should simply return an
error rather then trying to allocate a filter for a rule that will only
partially match what the user requested.
Change-ID: I10d52bb97d8104d76255fe244551814ff9531a63
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function is not used so there is no need to carry it forward. I have
plans to add a slightly different function that can be inlined to handle
the same kind of functionality.
Change-ID: Ie2dfcb189dc75e5fbc156bac23003e3b4210ae0f
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Incorrect bit mask was used for testing "get link status" response.
Instead of I40E_AQ_LSE_ENABLE (which is actually 0x03) it most probably
should be I40E_AQ_LSE_IS_ENABLED (which is defined as 0x01).
Change-ID: Ia199142906720507f847de3a33a25c61a9781b2f
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can reorder the busy wait loop at the start of the Flow Director
transmit function to reduce the overall code size while still retaining the
same functionality. As such I am taking advantage of the opportunity to do
so.
Change-ID: I34c403ca001953c6ac9816e65d5305e73d869026
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem in the client interface that
was causing random stack traces in RDMA driver load and
unload tests. This patch fixes the problem by checking
for an existing client before trying to open it. Without
this patch, there is a timing related null pointer deref.
Change-ID: Ib73d30671a27f6f9770dd53b3e5292b88d6b62da
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Do this so the sysfs has "device" link correctly set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do this so the sysfs has "device" link correctly set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, mlxsw_pci.ko is the module that registers PCI table for all
drivers (spectrum and switchx2). That is problematic for example with
dracut. Since mlxsw_spectrum.ko and mlxsw_switchx2.ko are loaded
dynamically from within mlxsw_core.ko, dracut does not have track of
them and avoids them from being included in initramfs.
So make this in an ordinary way and define the PCI tables in individual
driver modules, so it can be properly loaded and included in dracut
initramfs image. As a side effect, this patch could remove no longer
necessary driver "kind" strings which were used to link PCI ids with
individual mlxsw drivers.
Suggested-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pci.h needs to be used for inner function declarations. So move the
original one to more appropriate name, pci_hw.h.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only trees which are in use should be compared to requested prefix usage.
Fixes: 53342023ee ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement LPM trees management")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the prefix bitlist is not saved for LPM trees, causing the
compare to always fail which causes the tree to be destroyed and created
for every inserted and removed FIB entry. So fix this by saving
the bitlist as it should have been done from the very beginning.
Fixes: 53342023ee ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Implement LPM trees management")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Order of arguments is wrong.
The wrong code has been introduced by commit 7d4f8d871a, but is compiled
only since commit 9df70b6641.
Note that this may break netlink dumps.
Fixes: 9df70b6641 ("i40e: Remove incorrect #ifdef's")
Fixes: 7d4f8d871a ("switchdev; add VLAN support for port's bridge_getlink")
CC: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we fail on allocating enough MSI-X interrupts, we should disable
them since they were previously enabled in this point of code.
Not disabling them can lead to WARN_ON() being triggered and subsequent
failure in enabling MSI as a fallback; the below message was shown without
this patch while we played with interrupt allocation in i40e driver:
[ 21.461346] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename '/devices/pci0007:00/0007:00:00.0/0007:01:00.3/msi_irqs'
[ 21.461459] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 21.461514] WARNING: CPU: 64 PID: 1155 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 sysfs_warn_dup+0x88/0xc0
Also, we noticed that without this patch, if we modprobe the module without
enough MSI-X interrupts (triggering the above warning), unload the module
and re-load it again, we got a crash on the system.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
in commit a036244c06 a fix
was put into place to avoid a kernel panic when a non-
supported traffic class configuration was put into place
and then lldp was enabled/disabled on the link partner
switch. This fix caused it to be necessary to
unload/reload the driver to reenable DCB once a supported
TC config was in place.
The root cause of the original panic was that the function
i40e_pf_get_default_tc was allowing for a default TC other
than TC 0, and only TC 0 is supported as a default.
This patch removes the get_default_tc function and replaces
it with a #define since there is only one TC supported as
a default.
Change-Id: I448371974e946386d0a7718d73668b450b7c72ef
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix NULL pointer dereference in the case where a macvlan interface is
brought up while the PF is still down:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000010
IP: [<ffffffffa0170fb2>] ixgbe_alloc_rx_buffers+0x42/0x1a0 [ixgbe]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa017336b>] ixgbe_configure_rx_ring+0x2eb/0x3d0 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0173811>] ixgbe_fwd_ring_up+0xd1/0x380 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0179709>] ixgbe_fwd_add+0x149/0x230 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0113480>] macvlan_open+0x260/0x2b0 [macvlan]
Reported-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@coreos.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_err message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kalmia_send_init_packet() returns zero or a negative return
code, but gcc has no way of knowing that there cannot be a
positive return code, so it determines that copying the ethernet
address at the end of kalmia_bind() will access uninitialized
data:
drivers/net/usb/kalmia.c: In function ‘kalmia_bind’:
arch/x86/include/asm/string_32.h:78:22: error: ‘*((void *)ðernet_addr+4)’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
*((short *)to + 2) = *((short *)from + 2);
^
drivers/net/usb/kalmia.c:138:5: note: ‘*((void *)ðernet_addr+4)’ was declared here
This warning is harmless, but for consistency, we should make
the check for the return code match what the driver does everywhere
else and just progate it, which then gets rid of the warning.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if sending SCIs is explicitly disabled, the code that creates the
Security Tag might still decide to add it (e.g. if multiple RX SCs are
defined on the MACsec interface).
But because the header length so far only depended on the configuration
option the SCI overwrote the original frame's contents (EtherType and
e.g. the beginning of the IP header) and if encrypted did not visibly
end up in the packet, while the SC flag in the TCI field of the Security
Tag was still set, resulting in invalid MACsec frames.
Fixes: c09440f7dc ("macsec: introduce IEEE 802.1AE driver")
Signed-off-by: Tobias Brunner <tobias@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: d894be57ca92('ethernet: use net core MTU range checking in more drivers')
CC: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
CC: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now genl_register_family() is the only thing (other than the
users themselves, perhaps, but I didn't find any doing that)
writing to the family struct.
In all families that I found, genl_register_family() is only
called from __init functions (some indirectly, in which case
I've add __init annotations to clarifly things), so all can
actually be marked __ro_after_init.
This protects the data structure from accidental corruption.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize
the families, make all users initialize them statically and
get rid of the macros.
This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64
(with allyesconfig).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static family IDs have never really been used, the only
use case was the workaround I introduced for those users
that assumed their family ID was also their multicast
group ID.
Additionally, because static family IDs would never be
reserved by the generic netlink code, using a relatively
low ID would only work for built-in families that can be
registered immediately after generic netlink is started,
which is basically only the control family (apart from
the workaround code, which I also had to add code for so
it would reserve those IDs)
Thus, anything other than GENL_ID_GENERATE is flawed and
luckily not used except in the cases I mentioned. Move
those workarounds into a few lines of code, and then get
rid of GENL_ID_GENERATE entirely, making it more robust.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In SGMII mode, we observed an autonegotiation issue
after power-down-up cycles where the copper side
reports successful link establishment but the
SGMII side's link is down.
This happened in a setup where the at8031 is
connected over SGMII to a eTSEC (fsl gianfar),
but so far could not be reproduced with other
Ethernet device / driver combinations.
This commit adds a wrapper function for at8031
that in case of operating in SGMII mode double
checks SGMII link state when generic aneg_done()
succeeds. It prints a warning on failure but
intentionally does not try to recover from this
state. As a result, if you ever see a warning
'803x_aneg_done: SGMII link is not ok' you will
end up having an Ethernet link up but won't get
any data through. This should not happen, if it
does, please contact the module maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 98267311fe.
Suspending the SGMII alongside the copper side
made the at803x inaccessable while powered down,
e.g. it can't be re-probed after suspend.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Use dev_coredumpmsg() to prevent locking the driver;
* Small fix to pass the AID to the FW;
* Use FW PS decisions with multi-queue;
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=D+eo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2016-10-25-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* Finalize and enable dynamic queue allocation;
* Use dev_coredumpmsg() to prevent locking the driver;
* Small fix to pass the AID to the FW;
* Use FW PS decisions with multi-queue;
A bugfix added a sanity check around the assignment and use of the
'is_11d' variable, which looks correct to me, but as the function is
rather complex already, this confuses the compiler to the point where
it can no longer figure out if the variable is always initialized
correctly:
brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.c: In function ‘brcmf_cfg80211_start_ap’:
brcm80211/brcmfmac/cfg80211.c:4586:10: error: ‘is_11d’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
This adds an initialization for the newly introduced case in which
the variable should not really be used, in order to make the warning
go away.
Fixes: b3589dfe02 ("brcmfmac: ignore 11d configuration errors")
Cc: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
* a fix for a false-positive lockdep report;
* a fix for multi-queue that caused an unnecessary 1 second latency;
* a fix for an ACPI parsing bug that caused a misleading error message;
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gXgM
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-10-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* some fixes for suspend/resume with unified FW images;
* a fix for a false-positive lockdep report;
* a fix for multi-queue that caused an unnecessary 1 second latency;
* a fix for an ACPI parsing bug that caused a misleading error message;
The old WDS 4-addr frame support is very limited, e.g.
* no encryption is possible on such links
* it cannot support rate/HT/VHT negotiation
* management APIs are very restricted
These make the WDS legacy mode useless in practice.
All of these are resolved by the 4-addr AP/client support,
so there's also no reason to improve WDS in the future.
Therefore, add a Kconfig option to disable legacy WDS.
This gives people an "emergency valve" while they migrate
to the better-supported 4-addr AP/client option; we plan
to remove it (and the associated cfg80211/mac80211 code,
which is the ultimate goal) in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The Hyper-V netvsc driver was looking at the incorrect status bits
in the checksum info. It was setting the receive checksum unnecessary
flag based on the IP header checksum being correct. The checksum
flag is skb is about TCP and UDP checksum status. Because of this
bug, any packet received with bad TCP checksum would be passed
up the stack and to the application causing data corruption.
The problem is reproducible via netcat and netem.
This had a side effect of not doing receive checksum offload
on IPv6. The driver was also also always doing checksum offload
independent of the checksum setting done via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This node pointer is returned by of_get_child_by_name() with refcount
incremented in this function. of_node_put() on it before exitting this
function.
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer() instead of init_timer(), being the preferred/standard
way to set a timer up.
Also, quoting the mod_timer() function comment:
-> mod_timer() is a more efficient way to update the expire field of an
active timer (if the timer is inactive it will be activated).
Use setup_timer and mod_timer to setup and arm a timer, to make the code
cleaner and easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -ENODEV from the DMA is not supported error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not allowed to call kfree_skb() from hardware interrupt
context or with interrupts being disabled, spin_lock_irqsave()
make sure always in irq disable context. So the kfree_skb()
should be replaced with dev_kfree_skb_irq().
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -EINVAL from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the function
and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not necessary to free memory allocated with devm_kzalloc in the
remove path and using kfree leads to a double free.
Fixes: 84640e27f2 ("net: netcp: Add Keystone NetCP core ethernet
driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -EINVAL from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: e420114eef ("rocker: introduce worlds infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This PHY has internal delays enabled after reset. This clears the
internal delay enables unless the interface specifically requests them.
Signed-off-by: Xo Wang <xow@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iwlmvm currently uses dev_coredumpm() to collect multiple
buffers, but this has the downside of pinning the module
until the coredump expires, if the data isn't read by any
userspace.
Avoid this by using the new dev_coredumpsg() method. We
still copy the data from the old way of generating it, but
neither hold on to vmalloc'ed data for a long time, nor do
we pin the module now.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
New firmwares support dynamic queue allocation (DQA), which enables
on-demand allocation of queues per RA/TID, instead of allocating them
statically per vif. This allows an AP to send, for instance, BE
traffic to STA2 even if it also needs to send traffic to a sleeping
STA1, without being blocked by the sleeping station.
The implementation in the driver is now ready, so we can enable this
feature by default when running firmwares that support it.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
[reworded the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The previous patch renamed several files that are cross-referenced
along the Kernel documentation. Adjust the links to point to
the right places.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@s-opensource.com>
Commit 3ac72b7b63 ("net: fec: align IP header in hardware") breaks
networking on mx28.
There is an erratum on mx28 (ENGR121613 - ENET big endian mode
not compatible with ARM little endian) that requires an additional
byte-swap operation to workaround this problem.
So call swap_buffer() prior to performing the IP header alignment
to restore network functionality on mx28.
Fixes: 3ac72b7b63 ("net: fec: align IP header in hardware")
Reported-and-tested-by: Henri Roosen <henri.roosen@ginzinger.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Time Sync (PTP) implementation uses the divisor/shift value for converting
the clock ticks to nanoseconds. Driver currently defines shift value as 1,
this results in the nanoseconds value to be calculated as half the actual
value. Hence the user application fails to synchronize the device clock
value with the PTP master device clock. Need to use the 'shift' value of 0.
Signed-off-by: Sony.Chacko <Sony.Chacko@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the number of resources is going to get much bigger, ease up the
addition by simly defining IDs. Convert the existing structure members
to a set array, one for validity, one for values. Introduce a set of
getters and setters for easy access.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Push cmd resource query related defines to cmd.h where they belong.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the MLXSW_REG_DEFINE macro to store register name in string form.
Use this string later on instead of hard coded string values.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Save some code and also prepare to easily carry name in string form.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enforce const for getter buf args.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These should be const, so enforce it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver uses incorrect APIs to unmap DMA memory which were
mapped using dma_map_single(). This patch fixes it to use
appropriate APIs for un-mapping DMA memory.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qed_dcbx_query_params() implementation populate the values to input
buffer based on the dcbx mode and, the current negotiated state/params,
the caller of this API need to memset the buffer to zero.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rx indirection table entries are in the range [0, (rss_count - 1)]. If
user reduces the rss count, the table entries may not be in the ccorrect
range. Need to reconfigure the table with new rss_count as a basis.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the current default values for Rx path i.e., 8 queues of 8Kb entries
each with 4Kb size, interface will consume 256Mb for Rx. The default values
causing the driver probe to fail when the system memory is low. Based on
the perforamnce results, rx-ring count value of 1Kb gives the comparable
performance with Rx coalesce timeout of 12 seconds. Updating the default
values.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the execution of loopback test, driver may receive the packets which
are not originated by this test, loopback implementation need to skip those
packets.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RSS configuration is not supported for 100G adapters.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent changes in kernel ethtool implementation requires the driver
callback for get_channels() has to populate the values for max tx/rx
coalesce fields.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After discussing with Eric, it turns out that, while using
kexec_in_progress is a nice optimization, which prevents us from always
powering on the integrated PHY, let's just turn it on in the shutdown
path.
This removes a dependency on kexec_in_progress which, according to Eric
should not be used by modules
Fixes: 2399d6143f ("net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Prevent GPHY shutdown for kexec'd kernels")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix in commit 8809883482 ("hv_netvsc: set nvdev link after populating
chn_table") turns out to be incomplete. A crash in
netvsc_get_next_send_section() is observed on mtu change when the device
is under load. The race I identified is: if we get to netvsc_send() after
we set net_device_ctx->nvdev link in netvsc_device_add() but before we
finish netvsc_connect_vsp()->netvsc_init_buf() send_section_map is not
allocated and we crash. Unfortunately we can't set net_device_ctx->nvdev
link after the netvsc_init_buf() call as during the negotiation we need
to receive packets and on the receive path we check for it. It would
probably be possible to split nvdev into a pair of nvdev_in and nvdev_out
links and check them accordingly in get_outbound_net_device()/
get_inbound_net_device() but this looks like an overkill.
Check that send_section_map is allocated in netvsc_send().
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
firewire-net:
- set min/max_mtu
- remove fwnet_change_mtu
nes:
- set max_mtu
- clean up nes_netdev_change_mtu
xpnet:
- set min/max_mtu
- remove xpnet_dev_change_mtu
hippi:
- set min/max_mtu
- remove hippi_change_mtu
batman-adv:
- set max_mtu
- remove batadv_interface_change_mtu
- initialization is a little async, not 100% certain that max_mtu is set
in the optimal place, don't have hardware to test with
rionet:
- set min/max_mtu
- remove rionet_change_mtu
slip:
- set min/max_mtu
- streamline sl_change_mtu
um/net_kern:
- remove pointless ndo_change_mtu
hsi/clients/ssi_protocol:
- use core MTU range checking
- remove now redundant ssip_pn_set_mtu
ipoib:
- set a default max MTU value
- Note: ipoib's actual max MTU can vary, depending on if the device is in
connected mode or not, so we'll just set the max_mtu value to the max
possible, and let the ndo_change_mtu function continue to validate any new
MTU change requests with checks for CM or not. Note that ipoib has no
min_mtu set, and thus, the network core's mtu > 0 check is the only lower
bounds here.
mptlan:
- use net core MTU range checking
- remove now redundant mpt_lan_change_mtu
fddi:
- min_mtu = 21, max_mtu = 4470
- remove now redundant fddi_change_mtu (including export)
fjes:
- min_mtu = 8192, max_mtu = 65536
- The max_mtu value is actually one over IP_MAX_MTU here, but the idea is to
get past the core net MTU range checks so fjes_change_mtu can validate a
new MTU against what it supports (see fjes_support_mtu in fjes_hw.c)
hsr:
- min_mtu = 0 (calls ether_setup, max_mtu is 1500)
f_phonet:
- min_mtu = 6, max_mtu = 65541
u_ether:
- min_mtu = 14, max_mtu = 15412
phonet/pep-gprs:
- min_mtu = 576, max_mtu = 65530
- remove redundant gprs_set_mtu
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
CC: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
CC: Faisal Latif <faisal.latif@intel.com>
CC: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
CC: Cliff Whickman <cpw@sgi.com>
CC: Robin Holt <robinmholt@gmail.com>
CC: Jes Sorensen <jes@trained-monkey.org>
CC: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
CC: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
CC: Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
CC: Sathya Prakash <sathya.prakash@broadcom.com>
CC: Chaitra P B <chaitra.basappa@broadcom.com>
CC: Suganath Prabu Subramani <suganath-prabu.subramani@broadcom.com>
CC: MPT-FusionLinux.pdl@broadcom.com
CC: Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org>
CC: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org>
CC: Arvid Brodin <arvid.brodin@alten.se>
CC: Remi Denis-Courmont <courmisch@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hyperv_net:
- set min/max_mtu, per Haiyang, after rndis_filter_device_add
virtio_net:
- set min/max_mtu
- remove virtnet_change_mtu
vmxnet3:
- set min/max_mtu
xen-netback:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65517
xen-netfront:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
unisys/visor:
- clean up defines a little to not clash with network core or add
redundat definitions
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org
CC: "K. Y. Srinivasan" <kys@microsoft.com>
CC: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
CC: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
CC: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
CC: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com>
CC: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
CC: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
CC: David Kershner <david.kershner@unisys.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
geneve:
- Merge __geneve_change_mtu back into geneve_change_mtu, set max_mtu
- This one isn't quite as straight-forward as others, could use some
closer inspection and testing
macvlan:
- set min/max_mtu
tun:
- set min/max_mtu, remove tun_net_change_mtu
vxlan:
- Merge __vxlan_change_mtu back into vxlan_change_mtu
- Set max_mtu to IP_MAX_MTU and retain dynamic MTU range checks in
change_mtu function
- This one is also not as straight-forward and could use closer inspection
and testing from vxlan folks
bridge:
- set max_mtu of IP_MAX_MTU and retain dynamic MTU range checks in
change_mtu function
openvswitch:
- set min/max_mtu, remove internal_dev_change_mtu
- note: max_mtu wasn't checked previously, it's been set to 65535, which
is the largest possible size supported
sch_teql:
- set min/max_mtu (note: max_mtu previously unchecked, used max of 65535)
macsec:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
macvlan:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
ntb_netdev:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
veth:
- min_mtu = 68, max_mtu = 65535
8021q:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
CC: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
CC: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
CC: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
CC: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
CC: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
CC: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
CC: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
CC: Maxim Krasnyansky <maxk@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- set min/max_mtu in all hdlc drivers, remove hdlc_change_mtu
- sent max_mtu in lec driver, remove lec_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in x25_asy driver
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Krzysztof Halasa <khc@pm.waw.pl>
CC: Krzysztof Halasa <khalasa@piap.pl>
CC: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak <kas@fi.muni.cz>
CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
CC: Kevin Curtis <kevin.curtis@farsite.co.uk>
CC: Zhao Qiang <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- set max_mtu in wil6210 driver
- set max_mtu in atmel driver
- set min/max_mtu in cisco airo driver, remove airo_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in ipw2100/ipw2200 drivers, remove libipw_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in p80211netdev, remove wlan_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in net/mac80211/iface.c and remove ieee80211_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in wimax/i2400m and remove i2400m_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in intersil/hostap and remove prism2_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in intersil/orinoco
- set min/max_mtu in tty/n_gsm and remove gsm_change_mtu
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
CC: Simon Kelley <simon@thekelleys.org.uk>
CC: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
CC: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
usbnet:
- Remove stale new_mtu <= 0 check in usbnet.c
- Set min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535 (sub-drivers must set their own
max_mtu and/or min_mtu as needed)
r8152:
- Set appropriate max_mtu for different variants (1500 or 9194)
lan78xx:
- Set max_mtu = 9000
asix_driver:
- max_mtu = 16384 for ax88178 variant
ax88179:
- max_mtu = 4088
cdc_ncm:
- max_mtu from hardware
cdc-phonet:
- min_mtu = 6, max_mtu = 65541
sierra_net:
- max_mtu = 1500, call usbnet_change_mtu directly
- sierra_net_change_mtu checked for MTU > 1500, then called
usbnet_change_mtu, but if we set max_mtu to let the network core handle
the range check, then we can simply call usbnet_change_mtu directly
smsc75xx:
- max_mtu = 9000
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
CC: Microchip Linux Driver Support <UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com>
CC: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
CC: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.com>
CC: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somehow, I missed a healthy number of ethernet drivers in the last pass.
Most of these drivers either were in need of an updated max_mtu to make
jumbo frames possible to enable again. In a few cases, also setting a
different min_mtu to match previous lower bounds. There are also a few
drivers that had no upper bounds checking, so they're getting a brand new
ETH_MAX_MTU that is identical to IP_MAX_MTU, but accessible by includes
all ethernet and ethernet-like drivers all have already.
acenic:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 9000
amazon/ena:
- min_mtu = 128, max_mtu = adapter->max_mtu
amd/xgbe:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 9000
sb1250:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 1518
cxgb3:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 65535
cxgb4:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 9600
cxgb4vf:
- min_mtu = 81, max_mtu = 65535
benet:
- min_mtu = 256, max_mtu = 9000
ibmveth:
- min_mtu = 68, max_mtu = 65535
ibmvnic:
- min_mtu = adapter->min_mtu, max_mtu = adapter->max_mtu
- remove now redundant ibmvnic_change_mtu
jme:
- min_mtu = 1280, max_mtu = 9202
mv643xx_eth:
- min_mtu = 64, max_mtu = 9500
mlxsw:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 65535
- Basically bypassing the core checks, and instead relying on dynamic
checks in the respective switch drivers' ndo_change_mtu functions
ns83820:
- min_mtu = 0
- remove redundant ns83820_change_mtu, only checked for mtu > 1500
netxen:
- min_mtu = 0, max_mtu = 8000 (P2), max_mtu = 9600 (P3)
qlge:
- min_mtu = 1500, max_mtu = 9000
- driver only supports setting mtu to 1500 or 9000, so the core check only
rules out < 1500 and > 9000, qlge_change_mtu still needs to check that
the value is 1500 or 9000
qualcomm/emac:
- min_mtu = 46, max_mtu = 9194
xilinx_axienet:
- min_mtu = 64, max_mtu = 9000
Fixes: 61e84623ac ("net: centralize net_device min/max MTU checking")
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Jes Sorensen <jes@trained-monkey.org>
CC: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@annapurnalabs.com>
CC: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
CC: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com>
CC: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
CC: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
CC: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@broadcom.com>
CC: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
CC: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
CC: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
CC: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
CC: Sebastian Hesselbarth <sebastian.hesselbarth@gmail.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
CC: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
CC: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@qlogic.com>
CC: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
CC: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
CC: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
CC: Anirudha Sarangi <anirudh@xilinx.com>
CC: John Linn <John.Linn@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace dev_kfree_skb with dev_kfree_skb_any in mtk_start_xmit()
which can be called from hard irq context (netpoll) and from
other contexts. mtk_start_xmit() only frees skbs that it has
dropped.
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace dev_kfree_skb with dev_kfree_skb_any in dwceqos_start_xmit()
which can be called from hard irq context (netpoll) and from
other contexts. dwceqos_start_xmit() only frees skbs that it has
dropped.
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For a kernel that is being kexec'd we re-enable the integrated GPHY in
order for the subsequent MDIO bus scan to succeed and properly bind to
the bcm7xxx PHY driver. If we did not do that, the GPHY would be shut
down by the time the MDIO driver is probing the bus, and it would fail
to read the correct PHY OUI and therefore bind to an appropriate PHY
driver. Later on, this would cause DSA not to be able to successfully
attach to the PHY, and the interface would not be created at all.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, GRO can do unlimited recursion through the gro_receive
handlers. This was fixed for tunneling protocols by limiting tunnel GRO
to one level with encap_mark, but both VLAN and TEB still have this
problem. Thus, the kernel is vulnerable to a stack overflow, if we
receive a packet composed entirely of VLAN headers.
This patch adds a recursion counter to the GRO layer to prevent stack
overflow. When a gro_receive function hits the recursion limit, GRO is
aborted for this skb and it is processed normally. This recursion
counter is put in the GRO CB, but could be turned into a percpu counter
if we run out of space in the CB.
Thanks to Vladimír Beneš <vbenes@redhat.com> for the initial bug report.
Fixes: CVE-2016-7039
Fixes: 9b174d88c2 ("net: Add Transparent Ethernet Bridging GRO support.")
Fixes: 66e5133f19 ("vlan: Add GRO support for non hardware accelerated vlan")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AQR106 and AQR107 can use the existing driver.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
clk_prepare, clk_enable and their counterparts (at least the common clk
ones, but also most others) do check for the clk being NULL anyhow (and
return 0 then), so there is no gain when the caller checks, too.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It makes sense to display the descriptors even if
DES0 is zero. This helps for example in case of it
is needed to dump rx write-back descriptors to get
timestamp status.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch isolating the u16 writes for pxa assumed all machine_is_*()
calls were removed, and therefore removed the mach-types.h include which
provided them.
Unfortunately 2 machine_is_*() remained in smc91x.c file including
smc91x.h from which the include was removed, triggering the error:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c: In function ‘smc_drv_probe’:
drivers/net/ethernet/smsc/smc91x.c:2380:2: error: implicit declaration
of function ‘machine_is_assabet’
[-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (machine_is_assabet() && machine_has_neponset())
This adds back the wrongly removed include.
Fixes: d09d747ae4 ("net: smc91x: isolate u16 writes alignment workaround")
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SwitchX2 firmware does not implement reset done yet. Moreover, when
busy-polled for ready magic, that slows down firmware and reset takes
longer than the defined timeout, causing initialization to fail.
So restore the previous behaviour and just sleep in this case.
Fixes: 233fa44bd6 ("mlxsw: pci: Implement reset done check")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating an ethernet port fails, we must move the port to disable,
otherwise putting the port in switch partition 0 (ETH) or 1 (IB) will
always fails.
Fixes: 31557f0f97 ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox SwitchX-2 ASIC support")
Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function return value is not checked anywhere. Also, the warning
causes huge slowdown when removing large number of FIB entries which
were not offloaded, because of ordering issue. Ido's preparing
a patchset to fix the ordering issue, but that is definitelly not
net tree material.
Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By a mistake, there is tree index 0 passed to RALTB. Should be
MLXSW_SP_LPM_TREE_MIN.
Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Reported-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some applications want to tune the size of the macb rx/tx ring buffers.
The ethtool set_ringparam function is the standard way of doing it.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macb driver hardcoded the tx/rx ring sizes. This made it
impossible to change the sizes at run time.
Add tx_ring_size, and rx_ring_size variables to macb object, which
are initilized with default vales during macb_init. Change all
references to RX_RING_SIZE and TX_RING_SIZE to their respective
replacements.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace dev_kfree_skb with dev_kfree_skb_any in arc_emac_tx()
which can be called from hard irq context (netpoll) and from
other contexts. arc_emac_tx() only frees skbs that it has
dropped.
This is detected by Coccinelle semantic patch.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit commit 7086605a6a ("stmmac: fix error check when init ptp")
breaks the procedure added by the
commit efee95f42b ("ptp_clock: future-proofing drivers against PTP
subsystem becoming optional")
So this patch tries to re-import the logic added by the latest
commit above: it makes sense to have the stmmac_ptp_register
as void function and, inside the main, the stmmac_init_ptp can fails
in case of the capability cannot be supported by the HW.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Cc: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in struct
fs_enet_private, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the now
unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently mac80211 determines whether HW does fragmentation
by checking whether the set_frag_threshold callback is set
or not.
However, some drivers may want to set the HW fragmentation
capability depending on HW generation.
Allow this by checking a HW flag instead of checking the
callback.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
[added the flag to ath10k and wlcore]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently when configuring the cab queue the scheduler is configured
without station id - which results in station id 0.
In DQA mode this causes firmware to assert later on when the actual
station 0 is added with an empty tfd_queue_mask.
Fix that by configuring the queue to the broadcast station.
This is a bit trickier since the queue should not be included in the
tfd_queue_mask of the ADD_STA since it is a multicast queue, and the
tfd_queue_mask is only unicast queue. As a result the queue should be
enabled only after the broadcast station is added.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When a peer associates, the firmware will soon want to know
its AID to be able to compute the TIM IE by itself.
In DQA, the firmware has all the information it needs to
update the TIM internally. The only missing part is the
AID.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Instead of passing DRV_NAME pass a string that
represents the reason for the interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Sharon Dvir <sharon.dvir@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When using RSS on 9000 series devices, we can't rely on processing the
received frames for station powersave handling, since they could be
processed on different CPUs and out of order.
In order to still manage the powersave of stations, the firmware sends
a notification on sleep->wake, wake->sleep and - for U-APSD - frames
received with PM while already sleeping (with the TID.)
With this, the driver can set AP_LINK_PS, which is required for real
parallel RX. In addition, this requires checking for PS-Poll frames
and calling ieee80211_sta_pspoll() appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When a STA has deferred traffic to TX, an appropriate bit
is turned on in %deferred_tx_frames to indicate deferred
traffic. This marking is never turned off, resulting in
iterating over TIDs with no deferred traffic.
Although this didn't cause any failures/errors/bugs, there
is still no point of iterating over these TIDs when not
needed.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In DQA mode the TXQs are allocated on demand, so make
sure the sniffer STA tfd_queue_msk isn't set.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If a TXQ's marking as a reserved queue is removed,
when removing the STA the driver might try to access
out of bounds memory. Make sure the reserved queue
is freed only if it is still reserved.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When a TXQ's owner is changed, the FW is indeed notified, but
the driver doesn't update the current metadata to reflect the
owner change. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
With unified images, we need to make sure the net-detect scan is
stopped after resuming, since we don't restart the FW. Also, we need
to make sure we check if there are enough scan slots available to run
it, as we do with other scans.
Fixes: commit 23ae61282b ("iwlwifi: mvm: Do not switch to D3 image on suspend")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The SPLC data parsing is too restrictive and was not trying find the
correct element for WiFi. This causes problems with some BIOSes where
the SPLC method exists, but doesn't have a WiFi entry on the first
element of the list. The domain type values are also incorrect
according to the specification.
Fix this by complying with the actual specification.
Additionally, replace all occurrences of SPLX to SPLC, since SPLX is
only a structure internal to the ACPI tables, and may not even exist.
Fixes: bcb079a14d ("iwlwifi: pcie: retrieve and parse ACPI power limitations")
Reported-by: Chris Rorvick <chris@rorvick.com>
Tested-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Tested-by: Chris Rorvick <chris@rorvick.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When we sync the RX queues the driver waits to receive echo
notification on all the RX queues.
The wait queue is set with timeout until all queues have received
the notification.
However, iwl_mvm_rx_queue_notif() never woke up the wait queue,
with the result of the counter value being checked only when the
timeout expired.
This may cause a latency of up to 1 second.
Fixes: 0636b93821 ("iwlwifi: mvm: implement driver RX queues sync command")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If the suspend flow fails, we restart the hardware to go back to
the D0 image (with non-unified images), but we don't comply with
the fw_restart module parameter. If something goes wrong when
starting the D3 image, we may want to debug it, so we should
comply with the fw_restart flag to avoid clearing everything up
and losing the firmware state when the error occurred.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When a unified D0/D3 image is used, we don't restart the FW in the
D0->D3->D0 transitions. Therefore, the d3_test functionality should
not call ieee8021_restart_hw() when the resuming either.
Fixes: commit 23ae61282b ("iwlwifi: mvm: Do not switch to D3 image on suspend")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In iwl_dbgfs_mem_read(), the len variable may become negative and is
compared to < 0 (an error case). Comparing size_t (which is unsigned)
to < 0 causes a warning on certain platforms (like i386):
drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/debugfs.c:1561:5-8: WARNING: Unsigned expression compared with zero: len < 0
To prevent that, use ssize_t for len instead.
Fixes: commit 2b55f43f8e ("iwlwifi: mvm: Add mem debugfs entry")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Emmanuel reports that when CMD_WANT_ASYNC_CALLBACK is used by mvm,
the callback will be called with the command queue lock held, and
mvm will try to stop all (other) TX queues, which acquires their
locks - this caused a false lockdep recursive locking report.
Suppress this report by marking the command queue lock with a new,
separate, lock class so lockdep can tell the difference between
the two types of queues.
Fixes: 156f92f2b4 ("iwlwifi: block the queues when we send ADD_STA for uAPSD")
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Using list_move_tail() instead of list_del() + list_add_tail().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The memory return by kzalloc() has already be set to zero, so
remove useless memset(0).
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/dsa/mv88e6xxx/chip.c:2866:5: warning:
symbol 'mv88e6xxx_g1_set_switch_mac' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the following four products of Lenovo and sort the order of the list.
VID PID
0x17ef 0x3062
0x17ef 0x3069
0x17ef 0x720c
0x17ef 0x7214
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some rare configurations, we get a warning about the 'index' variable
being used without an initialization:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker_ofdpa.c: In function ‘ofdpa_port_fib_ipv4.isra.16.constprop’:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker_ofdpa.c:2425:92: warning: ‘index’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
This is a false positive, the logic is just a bit too complex for gcc
to follow here. Moving the intialization of 'index' a little further
down makes it clear to gcc that the function always returns an error
if it is not initialized.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hdr_offset variable is only if we deal with a TCP or UDP packet,
but as the check surrounding its usage tests for skb_is_gso()
instead, the compiler has no idea if the variable is initialized
or not at that point:
drivers/net/hyperv/netvsc_drv.c: In function ‘netvsc_start_xmit’:
drivers/net/hyperv/netvsc_drv.c:494:42: error: ‘hdr_offset’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
This adds an additional check for the transport type, which
tells the compiler that this path cannot happen. Since the
get_net_transport_info() function should always be inlined
here, I don't expect this to result in additional runtime
checks.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc found a reference to an uninitialized variable in the error handling
of bcm_enet_open, introduced by a recent cleanup:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcm63xx_enet.c: In function 'bcm_enet_open'
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcm63xx_enet.c:1129:2: warning: 'phydev' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
This makes the use of that variable conditional, so we only reference it
here after it has been used before. Unlike my normal patches, I have not
build-tested this one, as I don't currently have mips test in my
randconfig setup.
Fixes: 625eb8667d ("net: ethernet: broadcom: bcm63xx: use phydev from struct net_device")
Cc: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible for the MTU to be changed during the initialization
process with the VNIC Server. Ensure that the net device is updated
to reflect the new MTU.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increment driver version to reflect features that have
been added since release.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For device-tree builds, platforms such as mainstone, idp and stargate2
must have their u16 writes all aligned on 32 bit boundaries. This is
already enabled in platform data builds, and this patch adds it to
device-tree builds.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Writes to u16 has a special handling on 3 PXA platforms, where the
hardware wiring forces these writes to be u32 aligned.
This patch isolates this handling for PXA platforms as before, but
enables this "workaround" to be set up dynamically, which will be the
case in device-tree build types.
This patch was tested on 2 PXA platforms : mainstone, which relies on
the workaround, and lubbock, which doesn't.
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 61e84623ac ("net: centralize net_device min/max MTU checking")
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create an option CONFIG_LED_TRIGGER_PHY (default n), which will create a
set of led triggers for each instantiated PHY device. There is one LED
trigger per link-speed, per-phy.
The triggers are registered during phy_attach and unregistered during
phy_detach.
This allows for a user to configure their system to allow a set of LEDs
not controlled by the phy to represent link state changes on the phy.
LEDS controlled by the phy are unaffected.
For example, we have a board where some of the leds in the
RJ45 socket are controlled by the phy, but others are not. Using the
triggers provided by this patch the leds not controlled by the phy can
be configured to show the current speed of the ethernet connection. The
leds controlled by the phy are unaffected.
Signed-off-by: Josh Cartwright <josh.cartwright@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phy_supported_speeds provides a means to get a list of all the speeds a
phy device currently supports.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During phy state machine state transitions some set of actions should
occur whenever the link state changes. These actions should be
encapsulated into a single function
This patch adds the phy_adjust_link function, which is called whenever
phydev->adjust_link would have been called before. Actions that should
occur whenever the phy link is adjusted can now be added to the
phy_adjust_link function.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding led support for phy causes namespace conflicts for some
phy drivers.
The marvel skge driver declared an enum for representing the states of
Link LED Register. The enum contained constant LED_OFF which conflicted
with declartation found in linux/leds.h.
LED_OFF changed to LED_REG_OFF
Also changed LED_ON to LED_REG_ON to avoid possible future conflict and
for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Zach Brown <zach.brown@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert rocker to the new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.
v2
- removed typecast of data
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert mlxsw users to new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert ixgbe users to new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert alb_send_learning_packets and bond_has_this_ip to use the new
netdev_walk_all_upper_dev_rcu API. In both cases this is just a code
conversion; no functional change is intended.
v2
- removed typecast of data and simplified bond_upper_dev_walk
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gelic_net: min_mtu 64, max_mtu 1518
- remove gelic_net_change_mtu now that it is redundant
spidernet: min_Mtu 64, max_mtu 2294
- remove spiter_net_change_mtu now that it is redundant
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Geoff Levand <geoff@infradead.org>
CC: Ishizaki Kou <kou.ishizaki@toshiba.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tilegx: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500 or 9000, depending on modparam
- remove tile_net_change_mtu now that it is fully redundant
tilepro: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500
- hardware supports jumbo packets up to 10226, but it's not implemented or
tested yet, according to code comments
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ehea: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9022
- remove ehea_change_mtu, it's now redundant
emac: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 1500 or whatever gets read from OF
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Douglas Miller <dougmill@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
s2io: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9600
vxge: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9600
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cassini: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000
niu: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
sungem: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500 (comments say jumbo mode is broken)
sunvnet: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 65535
- removed sunvnet_change_mut_common as it does nothing now
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
8139cp: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 4096
8139too: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1770
r8169: min_mtu 60, max_mtu depends on chipset, 1500 to 9k-ish
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qede: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9600
- Put define for max in qede.h
qlcnic: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9600
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC Dept-GELinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
CC: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvneta: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9676
- mtu validation routine mostly did range check, merge back into
mvneta_change_mtu for simplicity
mvpp2: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9676
- mtu validation routine mostly did range check, merge back into
mvpp2_change_mtu for simplicity
pxa168_eth: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9500
skge: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000
sky2: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500 or 9000, depending on hw
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
e100: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500
- remove e100_change_mtu entirely, is identical to old eth_change_mtu,
and no longer serves a purpose. No need to set min_mtu or max_mtu
explicitly, as ether_setup() will already set them to 68 and 1500.
e1000: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 16110
e1000e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu varies based on adapter
fm10k: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 15342
- remove fm10k_change_mtu entirely, does nothing now
i40e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706
i40evf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706
igb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- There are two different "max" frame sizes claimed and both checked in
the driver, the larger value wasn't relevant though, so I've set max_mtu
to the smaller of the two values here to retain identical behavior.
igbvf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- Same issue as igb duplicated
ixgb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 16114
- Also remove pointless old == new check, as that's done in dev_set_mtu
ixgbe: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9710
ixgbevf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu dependent on hardware/firmware
- Some hw can only handle up to max_mtu 1504 on a vf, others 9710
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tg3: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000/1500
bnxt: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 9000
bnx2x: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9600
- Fix up ETH_OVREHEAD -> ETH_OVERHEAD while we're in here, remove
duplicated defines from bnx2x_link.c.
bnx2: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 9000
- Use more standard ETH_* defines while we're at it.
bcm63xx_enet: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 2028
- compute_hw_mtu was made largely pointless, and thus merged back into
bcm_enet_change_mtu.
b44: min_mtu 60, max_mtu 1500
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
CC: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
CC: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
CC: Dept-HSGLinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
CC: Siva Reddy Kallam <siva.kallam@broadcom.com>
CC: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
atl2: min_mtu 40, max_mtu 1504
- Remove a few redundant defines that already have equivalents in
if_ether.h.
atl1: min_mtu 42, max_mtu 10218
atl1e: min_mtu 42, max_mtu 8170
atl1c: min_mtu 42, max_mtu 6122/1500
- GbE hardware gets a max_mtu of 6122, slower hardware gets 1500.
alx: min_mtu 34, max_mtu 9256
- Not so sure that minimum MTU number is really what was intended, but
that's what the math actually makes it out to be, due to max_frame
manipulations and comparison in alx_change_mtu, rather than just
comparing new_mtu. (I think 68 was the intended min_mtu value).
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
CC: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for programmable MAC impedance configuration
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not let number of offload queue sets to go more than
MAX_OFLD_QSETS, which would otherwise crash the driver
on machines with cores more than MAX_OFLD_QSETS.
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow autoneg to enable flow control by default.
The behavior when autoneg is off has not changed.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Nilsson <jespern@axis.com>
Acked-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phy_device->supported is originally set by the PHY driver.
The ethernet driver should filter phy_device->supported to only contain
flags supported by the IP.
The IP supports setting rx and tx flow control independently,
therefore SUPPORTED_Pause and SUPPORTED_Asym_Pause should not be cleared.
If the flags are cleared, pause frames cannot be enabled (even if they
are supported by the PHY).
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Nilsson <jespern@axis.com>
Acked-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
from stack removal fix that crashes things when VMAP
stack is used in conjunction with software crypto.
Aside from that, we have:
* a fix for AP_VLAN usage with the nl80211 frame command
* two fixes (and two preparation patches) for A-MSDU, one
to discard group-addressed (multicast) and unexpected
4-address A-MSDUs, the other to validate A-MSDU inner
MAC addresses properly to prevent controlled port bypass
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=T6t1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-10-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This is relatively small, mostly to get the SG/crypto
from stack removal fix that crashes things when VMAP
stack is used in conjunction with software crypto.
Aside from that, we have:
* a fix for AP_VLAN usage with the nl80211 frame command
* two fixes (and two preparation patches) for A-MSDU, one
to discard group-addressed (multicast) and unexpected
4-address A-MSDUs, the other to validate A-MSDU inner
MAC addresses properly to prevent controlled port bypass
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functions bnx2_reg_rd_ind(), bnx2_reg_wr_ind() and bnx2_ctx_wr()
can be called with IRQs disabled when netconsole is enabled. So they
should use spin_{,un}lock_irq{save,restore} instead of _bh variants.
Example call flow:
bnx2_poll()
->bnx2_poll_link()
->bnx2_phy_int()
->bnx2_set_remote_link()
->bnx2_shmem_rd()
->bnx2_reg_rd_ind()
-> spin_lock_bh(&bp->indirect_lock);
spin_unlock_bh(&bp->indirect_lock);
...
-> __local_bh_enable_ip
static inline void __local_bh_enable_ip(unsigned long ip)
WARN_ON_ONCE(in_irq() || irqs_disabled()); <<<<<< WARN
Cc: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Cc: Dept-HSGLinuxNICDev@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 3933961682 ("fsl/fman: Add FMan MAC driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -ENODEV from the of_phy_connect() error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phys_addr_t may be wider than a pointer and has to be printed
using the special %pap format string, as pointed out by
this new warning.
arch/x86/include/../../../drivers/net/fjes/fjes_trace.h: In function ‘trace_raw_output_fjes_hw_start_debug_req’:
arch/x86/include/../../../drivers/net/fjes/fjes_trace.h:212:563: error: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Werror=int-to-pointer-cast]
Note that this has to pass the address by reference instead of
casting it to a different type.
Fixes: b6ba737d0b ("fjes: ethtool -w and -W support for fjes driver")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/dsa/bcm_sf2.ko | grep alias
alias: platform:brcm-sf2
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/dsa/bcm_sf2.ko | grep alias
alias: platform:brcm-sf2
alias: of:N*T*Cbrcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0C*
alias: of:N*T*Cbrcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_mmap.ko | grep alias
$
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_mmap.ko | grep alias
alias: of:N*T*Cbrcm,bcm63xx-switchC*
alias: of:N*T*Cbrcm,bcm63xx-switch
alias: of:N*T*Cbrcm,bcm6368-switchC*
alias: of:N*T*Cbrcm,bcm6368-switch
alias: of:N*T*Cbrcm,bcm6328-switchC*
alias: of:N*T*Cbrcm,bcm6328-switch
alias: of:N*T*Cbrcm,bcm3384-switchC*
alias: of:N*T*Cbrcm,bcm3384-switch
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon//hns_mdio.ko | grep alias
alias: platform:Hi-HNS_MDIO
alias: acpi*:HISI0141:*
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon//hns_mdio.ko | grep alias
alias: platform:Hi-HNS_MDIO
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-mdioC*
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-mdio
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,mdioC*
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,mdio
alias: acpi*:HISI0141:*
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/qcom-emac.ko | grep alias
alias: platform:qcom-emac
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/qcom-emac.ko | grep alias
alias: platform:qcom-emac
alias: of:N*T*Cqcom,fsm9900-emacC*
alias: of:N*T*Cqcom,fsm9900-emac
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf.ko | grep alias
alias: acpi*:HISI00B2:*
alias: acpi*:HISI00B1:*
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns/hns_dsaf.ko | grep alias
alias: acpi*:HISI00B2:*
alias: acpi*:HISI00B1:*
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v2C*
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v2
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v1C*
alias: of:N*T*Chisilicon,hns-dsaf-v1
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ $ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/aurora/nb8800.ko | grep alias
$
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/aurora/nb8800.ko | grep alias
alias: of:N*T*Csigma,smp8734-ethernetC*
alias: of:N*T*Csigma,smp8734-ethernet
alias: of:N*T*Csigma,smp8642-ethernetC*
alias: of:N*T*Csigma,smp8642-ethernet
alias: of:N*T*Caurora,nb8800C*
alias: of:N*T*Caurora,nb8800
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, autoload won't work because the module
alias information is not filled. So user-space can't match the registered
device with the corresponding module.
Export the module alias information using the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/ezchip/nps_enet.ko | grep alias
$
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/ethernet/ezchip/nps_enet.ko | grep alias
alias: of:N*T*Cezchip,nps-mgt-enetC*
alias: of:N*T*Cezchip,nps-mgt-enet
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A memory leak of qe occurs when t4_sched_queue_unbind fails,
so fix this by free'ing qe on the error exit path.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the fixed name "phy_interrupt" is not very informative in
/proc/interrupts when there are a lot of phys, e.g. a device with an
Ethernet switch. So when requesting the interrupt, use the name of the
phy.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PHY interrupts are now handled in a threaded interrupt handler,
which can sleep. The work queue is no longer needed, phy_change() can
be called directly. phy_mac_interrupt() still needs to be safe to call
in interrupt context, so keep the work queue, and use a helper to call
phy_change().
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupt lines from PHYs maybe connected to I2C bus expanders, or
from switches on MDIO busses. Such interrupts are sourced from devices
which sleep, so use threaded interrupts. Threaded interrupts require
that the interrupt requester also uses the threaded API. Change the
phylib to use the threaded API, which is backwards compatible with
none-threaded IRQs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switch can have up to two interrupt controllers. One of these
contains the interrupts from the integrated PHYs, so is useful to
export. The Marvell PHY driver can then be used in interrupt mode,
rather than polling, speeding up PHY handling and reducing load on the
MDIO bus.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to call ether_setup after alloc_ethdev since it was
already called there.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, socket lookups for l3mdev (vrf) use cases can match a socket
that is bound to a port but not a device (ie., a global socket). If the
sysctl tcp_l3mdev_accept is not set this leads to ack packets going out
based on the main table even though the packet came in from an L3 domain.
The end result is that the connection does not establish creating
confusion for users since the service is running and a socket shows in
ss output. Fix by requiring an exact dif to sk_bound_dev_if match if the
skb came through an interface enslaved to an l3mdev device and the
tcp_l3mdev_accept is not set.
skb's through an l3mdev interface are marked by setting a flag in
inet{6}_skb_parm. The IPv6 variant is already set; this patch adds the
flag for IPv4. Using an skb flag avoids a device lookup on the dif. The
flag is set in the VRF driver using the IP{6}CB macros. For IPv4, the
inet_skb_parm struct is moved in the cb per commit 971f10eca1, so the
match function in the TCP stack needs to use TCP_SKB_CB. For IPv6, the
move is done after the socket lookup, so IP6CB is used.
The flags field in inet_skb_parm struct needs to be increased to add
another flag. There is currently a 1-byte hole following the flags,
so it can be expanded to u16 without increasing the size of the struct.
Fixes: 193125dbd8 ("net: Introduce VRF device driver")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This l3mdev_ops structure is only stored in the l3mdev_ops field of a
net_device structure. This field is declared const, so the l3mdev_ops
structure can be declared as const also. Additionally drop the
__read_mostly annotation.
The semantic patch that adds const is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r disable optional_qualifier@
identifier i;
position p;
@@
static struct l3mdev_ops i@p = { ... };
@ok@
identifier r.i;
struct net_device *e;
position p;
@@
e->l3mdev_ops = &i@p;
@bad@
position p != {r.p,ok.p};
identifier r.i;
struct l3mdev_ops e;
@@
e@i@p
@depends on !bad disable optional_qualifier@
identifier r.i;
@@
static
+const
struct l3mdev_ops i = { ... };
// </smpl>
The effect on the layout of the .o file is shown by the following output
of the size command, first before then after the transformation:
text data bss dec hex filename
7364 466 52 7882 1eca drivers/net/ipvlan/ipvlan_main.o
7412 434 52 7898 1eda drivers/net/ipvlan/ipvlan_main.o
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vmxnet3_set_mc() checks new_table_pa returned by dma_map_single()
with dma_mapping_error(), but even there it assumes zero is invalid pa
(it assumes dma_mapping_error(...,0) returns true if new_table is NULL).
The patch adds an explicit variable to track status of new_table_pa.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
v2: use "bool" and "true"/"false" for boolean variables.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PTR_ERR(NULL) is success. We have to preserve the error code earlier.
Fixes: 7086605a6a ("stmmac: fix error check when init ptp")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race condition that can occur if EMAC interrupts are
enabled when phy_disconnect() is called. phy_disconnect() sets
adjust_link to NULL. When an interrupt occurs, the ISR might
call phy_mac_interrupt(), which wakes up the workqueue function
phy_state_machine(). This function might reference adjust_link,
thereby causing a null pointer exception.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCI devices that are 64-bit DMA capable should set the coherent
DMA mask as well as the streaming DMA mask. On some architectures,
these are managed separately, and so the coherent DMA mask will be
left at its default value of 32 if it is not set explicitly. This
results in errors such as
r8169 Gigabit Ethernet driver 2.3LK-NAPI loaded
hwdev DMA mask = 0x00000000ffffffff, dev_addr = 0x00000080fbfff000
swiotlb: coherent allocation failed for device 0000:02:00.0 size=4096
CPU: 0 PID: 1062 Comm: systemd-udevd Not tainted 4.8.0+ #35
Hardware name: AMD Seattle/Seattle, BIOS 10:53:24 Oct 13 2016
on systems without memory that is 32-bit addressable by PCI devices.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Oifo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma qedr RoCE driver from Doug Ledford:
"Early on in the merge window I mentioned I had a backlog of new
drivers waiting to be reviewed and that, in addition to the hns-roce
driver, I wanted to get possible a couple more reviewed. I ended up
only having the time to complete one of the additional drivers.
During Dave Miller's pull request this go around, there were a series
of 9 patches to the QLogic qed net driver that add basic support for a
paired RoCE driver. That support is currently not functional because
it is missing the matching RoCE driver in the RDMA subsystem. I
managed to finish that review. However, because it goes against part
of Dave's net pull, and a part that was accepted a day or two after
the merge window opened, to apply cleanly it has to be applied to
either the tip of Dave's net branch, or as I did in this case, I just
applied it to your master after you had taken Dave's pull request."
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma:
qedr: Add events support and register IB device
qedr: Add GSI support
qedr: Add LL2 RoCE interface
qedr: Add support for data path
qedr: Add support for memory registeration verbs
qedr: Add support for QP verbs
qedr: Add support for PD,PKEY and CQ verbs
qedr: Add support for user context verbs
qedr: Add support for RoCE HW init
qedr: Add RoCE driver framework
- Small patch set for hns net driver that the roce patches depend on
- Various fixes to the hns-roce driver
- Add connection manager support to the hns-roce driver
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=PmmI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull more rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"This merge window was the first where Huawei had to try and coordinate
their patches between their net driver and their new roce driver
(similar to mlx4 and mlx5).
They didn't do horribly, but there were some issues (and we knew that
because they simply didn't know what to do in the beginning). As a
result, I had a set of patches that depended on some patches that
normally would have come to you via Dave's tree. Those patches have
been on netdev@ for a while, so I got Dave to give me his approval to
send them to you. As such, the other 29 patches I had behind them are
also now ready to go.
This catches the hns and hns-roce drivers up to current, and for
future patches we are working with them to get them up to speed on how
to do joint driver development so that they don't have these sorts of
cross tree dependency issues again. BTW, Dave gave me permission to
add his Acked-by: to the patches against the net tree, but I've had
this branch through 0day (but not linux-next since it was off by
itself) and I didn't want to rebase the series just to add Dave's ack
for the 8 patches in the net area.
Updates to the hns drivers:
- Small patch set for hns net driver that the roce patches depend on
- Various fixes to the hns-roce driver
- Add connection manager support to the hns-roce driver"
* tag 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (36 commits)
IB/hns: Fix for removal of redundant code
IB/hns: Delete the redundant lines in hns_roce_v1_m_qp()
IB/hns: Fix the bug when platform_get_resource() exec fail
IB/hns: Update the rq head when modify qp state
IB/hns: Cq has not been freed
IB/hns: Validate mtu when modified qp
IB/hns: Some items of qpc need to take user param
IB/hns: The Ack timeout need a lower limit value
IB/hns: Return bad wr while post send failed
IB/hns: Fix bug of memory leakage for registering user mr
IB/hns: Modify the init of iboe lock
IB/hns: Optimize code of aeq and ceq interrupt handle and fix the bug of qpn
IB/hns: Delete the sqp_start from the structure hns_roce_caps
IB/hns: Fix bug of clear hem
IB/hns: Remove unused parameter named qp_type
IB/hns: Simplify function of pd alloc and qp alloc
IB/hns: Fix bug of using uninit refcount and free
IB/hns: Remove parameters of resize cq
IB/hns: Remove unused parameters in some functions
IB/hns: Add node_guid definition to the bindings document
...
wlcore
* fix a double free regression causing hard to track crashes
rtl8xxxu
* fix driver reload issues, a memory leak and an endian bug
rtlwifi
* fix a major regression introduced in 4.9 with firmware loading on
certain hardware
ath10k
* fix regression about broken cal_data debugfs file (since 4.7)
ath9k
* revert temperature compensation for AR9003+ devices, it was causing
too much problems
ath6kl
* add Dell OEM SDIO I/O for the Venue 8 Pro
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJYAIKDAAoJEG4XJFUm622b7IcH/iV/mLuZ0Nyh7tsNeSElTjVc
AEFUdcxVRjM96n9K8AcHZVFqCSMggibOgulGiwHO48DLWOhOdzhffn3GZaRbHTbL
5o3d527R1kvx+UP8KIFF5MHjagMEC3/AYi417/DiCGH0BM6UcFPFxXOOWePiG0ov
Lz14xi/8AUrOnREc3TzvDsRUaI2VO3vvXq+IQtMwQBmtczeaKwjjw/RsqkCdkD70
yqiZVO7FJ3mDH1ybxmkbhlAklG7p9x01e3+gRbnKdEqYiaoYUrRGNE5wq00fuFBU
Xa3vbQa22csD2ShGHtPnZ6kg4X/q2gLmxNWl6M5TVvwUVD313AQepIcnTiHnwro=
=TI3A
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2016-10-14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.9
wlcore
* fix a double free regression causing hard to track crashes
rtl8xxxu
* fix driver reload issues, a memory leak and an endian bug
rtlwifi
* fix a major regression introduced in 4.9 with firmware loading on
certain hardware
ath10k
* fix regression about broken cal_data debugfs file (since 4.7)
ath9k
* revert temperature compensation for AR9003+ devices, it was causing
too much problems
ath6kl
* add Dell OEM SDIO I/O for the Venue 8 Pro
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check answers from USB stack and avoid re-sending the request
multiple times if the device does not respond.
This fixes the following problem, observed with a probably flaky adapter.
[62108.732707] usb 1-3: new high-speed USB device number 5 using xhci_hcd
[62108.914421] usb 1-3: New USB device found, idVendor=0b95, idProduct=7720
[62108.914463] usb 1-3: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
[62108.914476] usb 1-3: Product: AX88x72A
[62108.914486] usb 1-3: Manufacturer: ASIX Elec. Corp.
[62108.914495] usb 1-3: SerialNumber: 000001
[62114.109109] asix 1-3:1.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized):
Failed to write reg index 0x0000: -110
[62114.109139] asix 1-3:1.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized):
Failed to send software reset: ffffff92
[62119.109048] asix 1-3:1.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized):
Failed to write reg index 0x0000: -110
...
Since the USB timeout is 5 seconds, and the operation is retried 30 times,
this results in
[62278.180353] INFO: task mtpd:1725 blocked for more than 120 seconds.
[62278.180373] Tainted: G W 3.18.0-13298-g94ace9e #1
[62278.180383] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message.
...
[62278.180957] kworker/2:0 D 0000000000000000 0 5744 2 0x00000000
[62278.180978] Workqueue: usb_hub_wq hub_event
[62278.181029] ffff880177f833b8 0000000000000046 ffff88017fd00000 ffff88017b126d80
[62278.181048] ffff880177f83fd8 ffff880065a71b60 0000000000013340 ffff880065a71b60
[62278.181065] 0000000000000286 0000000103b1c199 0000000000001388 0000000000000002
[62278.181081] Call Trace:
[62278.181092] [<ffffffff8e0971fd>] ? console_conditional_schedule+0x2c/0x2c
[62278.181105] [<ffffffff8e094f7b>] schedule+0x69/0x6b
[62278.181117] [<ffffffff8e0972e0>] schedule_timeout+0xe3/0x11d
[62278.181133] [<ffffffff8daadb1b>] ? trace_timer_start+0x51/0x51
[62278.181146] [<ffffffff8e095a05>] do_wait_for_common+0x12f/0x16c
[62278.181162] [<ffffffff8da856a7>] ? wake_up_process+0x39/0x39
[62278.181174] [<ffffffff8e095aee>] wait_for_common+0x52/0x6d
[62278.181187] [<ffffffff8e095b3b>] wait_for_completion_timeout+0x13/0x15
[62278.181201] [<ffffffff8de676ce>] usb_start_wait_urb+0x93/0xf1
[62278.181214] [<ffffffff8de6780d>] usb_control_msg+0xe1/0x11d
[62278.181230] [<ffffffffc037d629>] usbnet_write_cmd+0x9c/0xc6 [usbnet]
[62278.181286] [<ffffffffc03af793>] asix_write_cmd+0x4e/0x7e [asix]
[62278.181300] [<ffffffffc03afb41>] asix_set_sw_mii+0x25/0x4e [asix]
[62278.181314] [<ffffffffc03b001d>] asix_mdio_read+0x51/0x109 [asix]
...
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a skeletal implementation of the qed* RoCE driver -
basically the ability to communicate with the qede driver and
receive notifications from it regarding various init/exit events.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds debugfs entry to show EP status information.
You can get each EP's status information like the following:
# cat /sys/kernel/debug/fjes/fjes.0/status
EPID STATUS SAME_ZONE CONNECTED
ep0 shared Y Y
ep1 - - -
ep2 unshared N N
ep3 unshared N N
ep4 unshared N N
ep5 unshared N N
ep6 unshared N N
ep7 unshared N N
Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds implementation of supporting
ethtool -w and -W for fjes driver.
You can enable and disable firmware debug mode by
using ethtool -W, and also retrieve firmware
activity information by using ethtool -w.
This is useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds tracepoints in fjes driver.
This is useful for debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enhances ethtool -S for fjes driver so that
EP related statistics can be retrieved.
The following statistics can be displayed via ethtool -S:
ep%d_com_regist_buf_exec
ep%d_com_unregist_buf_exec
ep%d_send_intr_rx
ep%d_send_intr_unshare
ep%d_send_intr_zoneupdate
ep%d_recv_intr_rx
ep%d_recv_intr_unshare
ep%d_recv_intr_stop
ep%d_recv_intr_zoneupdate
ep%d_tx_buffer_full
ep%d_tx_dropped_not_shared
ep%d_tx_dropped_ver_mismatch
ep%d_tx_dropped_buf_size_mismatch
ep%d_tx_dropped_vlanid_mismatch
Signed-off-by: Taku Izumi <izumi.taku@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While handling SPQ ramrod completion, there is a possible race
where driver might not read updated fw return code based on
ramrod completion done. This patch ensures that fw return code
is written first and then completion done flag is updated
using appropriate memory barriers.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Malicious VFs might be caught in several different methods:
- Misusing their bar permission and being blocked by hardware.
- Misusing their fastpath logic and being blocked by firmware.
- Misusing their interaction with their PF via hw-channel,
and being blocked by PF driver.
On the first two items, firmware would indicate to driver that
the VF is to be considered malicious, but would sometime still
allow the VF to communicate with the PF [depending on the exact
nature of the malicious activity done by the VF].
The current existing logic on the PF side lacks handling of such events,
and might allow the PF to perform some incorrect configuration on behalf
of a VF that was previously indicated as malicious.
The new scheme is simple -
Once the PF determines a VF is malicious it would:
a. Ignore any further requests on behalf of the VF-driver.
b. Prevent any configurations initiated by the hyperuser for
the malicious VF, as firmware isn't willing to serve such.
The malicious indication would be cleared upon the VF flr,
after which it would become usable once again.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever a ramrod is being sent for some device configuration,
the driver is going to sleep at least 5ms between each iteration
of polling on the completion of the ramrod.
However, in almost every configuration scenario the firmware
would be able to comply and complete the ramrod in a manner of
several usecs. This is especially important in cases where there
might be a lot of sequential configurations applying to the hardware
[e.g., RoCE], in which case the existing scheme might cause some
visible user delays.
This patch changes the completion scheme - instead of immediately
starting to sleep for a 'long' period, allow the device to quickly
poll on the first iteration after a couple of usecs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently qede fails to set IFF_UNICAST_FLT, and as a result is not
actually performing unicast MAC filtering.
While we're at it - relax a hard-coded limitation that limits each
interface into using at most 15 unicast MAC addresses before turning
promiscuous. Instead utilize the HW resources to their limit.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to hardware limitation, when transmitting a geneve-encapsulated
packet with more than 32 bytes worth of geneve options the hardware
would not be able to crack the packet and consider it a regular UDP
packet.
This implements the ndo_features_check() in qede in order to prevent
GSO on said transmitted packets.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GSO support for GRE and UDP tunnels
where outer checksums are enabled.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some hypervisors can support MAC hints to their VFs.
Even though we don't have such a hypervisor API in linux, we add
sufficient logic for the VF to be able to receive such hints and
set the mac accordingly - as long as the VF has not been set with
a MAC already.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cases where the number of tx rings is not a multiple of the number of
rx rings, the tx completion event will be handled on a different core
from the transmit and population of the ring. Races on the ring will
lead to a double-free of the page, and possibly other corruption.
The rings are initialized by default with a valid multiple of rings,
based on the number of cpus, therefore an invalid configuration requires
ethtool to change the ring layout. For instance 'ethtool -L eth0 rx 9 tx
8' will cause packets received on rx0, and XDP_TX'd to tx48, to be
completed on cpu3 (48 % 9 == 3).
Resolve this discrepancy by shifting the irq for the xdp tx queues to
start again from 0, modulo rx_ring_num.
Fixes: 9ecc2d8617 ("net/mlx4_en: add xdp forwarding and data write support")
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This cleans many of the warnings that would arise in qed as a
result of compilations with C=1; Most of those are the addition
of missing 'static' to functions, although there are several other
fixes as well.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The qedr driver would require a tristate Kconfig option [to allow
it to compile as a module], and toward that end we've added the
INFINIBAND_QEDR option. But as we've made the compilation of the
qed/qede infrastructure required for RoCE dependent on the option
we'd be facing linking difficulties in case that QED=y or QEDE=y,
and INFINIBAND_QEDR=m.
To resolve this, we seperate between the INFINIBAND_QEDR option
and the infrastructure support in qed/qede by introducing a new
QED_RDMA option which would be selected by INFINIBAND_QEDR but would
be a boolean instead of a tristate; Following that, the qed/qede is
fixed based on this new option so that all config combinations would
be supported.
Fixes: cee9fbd8e2 ("qede: add qedr framework")
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smatch compains about qed_roce_ll2_tx() dereference
of the 'cdev' variable while testing its validity later.
As the validation checking is an over-kill [variable would always
be set], simply remove it.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These accessors are used in various drivers that support tc offloading,
to detect properties of a given 'tc_action'.
'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_REDIR.
'is_tcf_mirred_mirror' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR.
As a prep towards supporting INGRESS redir/mirror, rename these
predicates to reflect their true meaning:
s/is_tcf_mirred_redirect/is_tcf_mirred_egress_redirect/
s/is_tcf_mirred_mirror/is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror/
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver only has runtime but no build time dependency with FSL_SOC ||
ARCH_MXC || ARCH_LAYERSCAPE. So it can be built for testing purposes if
the COMPILE_TEST option is enabled.
This is useful to have more build coverage and make sure that the driver
is not affected by changes that could cause build regressions.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the device is registered via OF, the OF table is used to match the
driver instead of the SPI device ID table, but the entries in the later
are used as aliasses to load the module if the driver was not built-in.
This is because the SPI core always reports an SPI module alias instead
of an OF one, but that could change so it's better to always export it.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the driver is built as a module, module alias information isn't filled
so the module won't be autoloaded. Add a SPI device ID table and use the
MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE() macro so the information is exported in the module.
Before this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/wan/slic_ds26522.ko | grep alias
$
After this patch:
$ modinfo drivers/net/wan/slic_ds26522.ko | grep alias
alias: spi:ds26522
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Edge-Rate cleanup include the following:
- Updated device tree bindings documentation for edge-rate
- The edge-rate is now specified as a "slowdown", meaning that it is now
being specified as positive values instead of negative (both
documentation and implementation wise).
- Only explicitly documented values for "vsc8531,vddmac" and
"vsc8531,edge-slowdown" are accepted by the device driver.
- Deleted include/dt-bindings/net/mscc-phy-vsc8531.h as it was not needed.
- Read/validate devicetree settings in probe instead of init
Signed-off-by: Allan W. Nielsen <allan.nielsen@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <raju.lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix various build warnings in tlan/qed/xen-netback drivers, from
Arnd Bergmann.
2) Propagate proper error code in strparser's strp_recv(), from Geert
Uytterhoeven.
3) Fix accidental broadcast of RTM_GETTFILTER responses, from Eric
Dumazret.
4) Need to use list_for_each_entry_safe() in qed driver, from Wei
Yongjun.
5) Openvswitch 802.1AD bug fixes from Jiri Benc.
6) Cure BUILD_BUG_ON() in mlx5 driver, from Tom Herbert.
7) Fix UDP ipv6 checksumming in netvsc driver, from Stephen Hemminger.
8) stmmac driver fixes from Giuseppe CAVALLARO.
9) Fix access to mangled IP6CB in tcp, from Eric Dumazet.
10) Fix info leaks in tipc and rtnetlink, from Dan Carpenter.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (27 commits)
net: bridge: add the multicast_flood flag attribute to brport_attrs
net: axienet: Remove unused parameter from __axienet_device_reset
liquidio: CN23XX: fix a loop timeout
net: rtnl: info leak in rtnl_fill_vfinfo()
tipc: info leak in __tipc_nl_add_udp_addr()
net: ipv4: Do not drop to make_route if oif is l3mdev
net: phy: Trigger state machine on state change and not polling.
ipv6: tcp: restore IP6CB for pktoptions skbs
netvsc: Remove mistaken udp.h inclusion.
xen-netback: fix type mismatch warning
stmmac: fix error check when init ptp
stmmac: fix ptp init for gmac4
qed: fix old-style function definition
netvsc: fix checksum on UDP IPV6
net_sched: reorder pernet ops and act ops registrations
xen-netback: fix guest Rx stall detection (after guest Rx refactor)
drivers/ptp: Fix kernel memory disclosure
net/mlx5: Add MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 to fix BUILD_BUG_ON
qmi_wwan: add support for Quectel EC21 and EC25
openvswitch: add NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_TX to internal dev
...
The dev parameter passed to __axienet_device_reset() is not used inside
the function, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is supposed to loop 1000 times and then give up. The problem is
it's a post-op and after the loop we test if "loop" is zero when really
it would be -1. Fix this by making it a pre-op.
Fixes: 1b7c55c453 ("liquidio: CN23XX queue manipulation")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy_start() is used to indicate the PHY is now ready to do its
work. The state is changed, normally to PHY_UP which means that both
the MAC and the PHY are ready.
If the phy driver is using polling, when the next poll happens, the
state machine notices the PHY is now in PHY_UP, and kicks off
auto-negotiation, if needed.
If however, the PHY is using interrupts, there is no polling. The phy
is stuck in PHY_UP until the next interrupt comes along. And there is
no reason for the PHY to interrupt.
Have phy_start() schedule the state machine to run, which both speeds
up the polling use case, and makes the interrupt use case actually
work.
This problems exists whenever there is a state change which will not
cause an interrupt. Trigger the state machine in these cases,
e.g. phy_error().
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Kyle Roeschley <kyle.roeschley@ni.com>
Tested-by: Kyle Roeschley <kyle.roeschley@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wiht the latest rework of the xen-netback driver, we get a warning
on ARM about the types passed into min():
drivers/net/xen-netback/rx.c: In function 'xenvif_rx_next_chunk':
include/linux/kernel.h:739:16: error: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast [-Werror]
The reason is that XEN_PAGE_SIZE is not size_t here. There
is no actual bug, and we can easily avoid the warning using the
min_t() macro instead of min().
Fixes: eb1723a29b ("xen-netback: refactor guest rx")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a problem when propagated the
failure of ptp_clock_register to open function.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The gmac 4.x version has not extended descriptors
(that are available on 3.x instead of).
While initializing the PTP module, the advanced PTP was
enabled in case of extended descriptors. This cannot be
applied for 4.x version where only the hardware capability
register has to show if the feature is present.
Patch also adds some extra netdev_(debug/inof) to better
dump the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Rayagond Kokatanur <rayagond@vayavyalabs.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The definition of qed_get_rdma_ops() is not a prototype unless
we add 'void' here, as indicated by this W=1 warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c: In function ‘qed_get_rdma_ops’:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c:2950:28: error: old-style function definition [-Werror=old-style-definition]
Fixes: abd49676c7 ("qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The software calculation of UDP checksum in Netvsc driver was
only handling IPv4 case. By using skb_checksum_help() instead
all protocols can be handled. Rearrange code to eliminate goto
and look like other drivers.
This is a temporary solution; recent versions of Window Server etc
do support UDP checksum offload, just need to do the appropriate negotiation
with host to validate before using. This will be done in later patch.
Please queue this for -stable as well.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The quality of ADC entropy is 10 bits of min-entropy for
a 32-bit value, change '(((x) * 8 * 320) >> 10)' to
'(((x) * 8 * 10) >> 5)' for easier understanding.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
arvifs list is traversed within data_lock spin_lock in tasklet
context to fill channel information from the corresponding vif.
This means any access to arvifs list for add/del operations
should also be protected with the same spin_lock to avoid the
race. Fix this by performing list add/del on arvfis within the
data_lock. This could fix kernel panic something like the below.
LR is at ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler+0x100/0xb6c [ath10k_core]
PC is at ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler+0x1c0/0xb6c [ath10k_core]
Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] PREEMPT SMP ARM
[<bf4857f4>] (ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler+0x2f4/0xb6c [ath10k_core])
[<bf487540>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task+0x8b4/0x1188 [ath10k_core])
[<c00312d4>] (tasklet_action+0x8c/0xec)
[<c00309a8>] (__do_softirq+0xdc/0x208)
[<c0030d6c>] (irq_exit+0x84/0xe0)
[<c005db04>] (__handle_domain_irq+0x80/0xa0)
[<c00085c4>] (gic_handle_irq+0x38/0x5c)
[<c0009640>] (__irq_svc+0x40/0x74)
(gdb) list *(ath10k_htt_rx_pktlog_completion_handler+0x1c0)
0x136c0 is in ath10k_htt_rx_h_channel (drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/htt_rx.c:769)
764 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
765
766 lockdep_assert_held(&ar->data_lock);
767
768 list_for_each_entry(arvif, &ar->arvifs, list) {
769 if (arvif->vdev_id == vdev_id &&
770 ath10k_mac_vif_chan(arvif->vif, &def) == 0)
771 return def.chan;
772 }
773
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a VIF has been ready for rx_stall_timeout (60s by default) and an
Rx ring is drained of all requests an Rx stall will be incorrectly
detected. When this occurs and the guest Rx queue is empty, the Rx
ring's event index will not be set and the frontend will not raise an
event when new requests are placed on the ring, permanently stalling
the VIF.
This is a regression introduced by eb1723a29b (xen-netback:
refactor guest rx).
Fix this by reinstating the setting of queue->last_rx_time when
placing a packet onto the guest Rx ring.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I am hitting this in mlx5:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c: In function
reclaim_pages_cmd.clone.0:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c:346: error: call
to __compiletime_assert_346 declared with attribute error:
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: __mlx5_bit_off(manage_pages_out, pas[i]) % 64
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c: In function give_pages:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/pagealloc.c:291: error: call
to __compiletime_assert_291 declared with attribute error:
BUILD_BUG_ON failed: __mlx5_bit_off(manage_pages_in, pas[i]) % 64
Problem is that this is doing a BUILD_BUG_ON on a non-constant
expression because of trying to take offset of pas[i] in the
structure.
Fix is to create MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 that takes an additional argument
that is the field index to separate between BUILD_BUG_ON on the array
constant field and the indexed field to assign the value to.
There are two callers of MLX5_SET64 that are trying to get a variable
offset, change those to call MLX5_ARRAY_SET64 passing 'pas' and 'i'
as the arguments to use in the offset check and the indexed value
assignment.
Fixes: a533ed5e17 ("net/mlx5: Pages management commands via mlx5 ifc")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Quectel EC21 and EC25 need the same "set DTR" request as devices
based on the MDM9230 chipset, but has no USB3 support. Our best guess
is that the "set DTR" functionality depends on chipset and/or
baseband firmware generation. But USB3 is still an optional feature.
Since we cannot enable this unconditionally for all older devices, and
there doesn't appear to be anything we can use in the USB descriptors
to identify these chips, we are forced to use a device specific quirk
flag.
Reported-and-tested-by: Sebastian Sjoholm <sebastian.sjoholm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we will remove items off the list using list_del() we need
to use a safe version of the list_for_each_entry() macro aptly named
list_for_each_entry_safe().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While build testing with randconfig on x86, I ran into this warning
that appears to have been around forever
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c: In function ‘tlan_probe1’:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/tlan.c:614:1: error: label ‘err_out’ defined but not used [-Werror=unused-label]
This can be trivially avoided by just moving the label into the
existing #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is useful to be able to see the hash configuration when running tests.
This patch adds a debugfs node for that purpose.
The original version of this patch (commit c0c64c1523) was reverted due
to build failures caused by a conflict with commit 0364a8824c
("xen-netback: switch to threaded irq for control ring"). This new version
of the patch is nearly identical to the original, the only difference
being that creation of the debugfs node is predicated on 'ctrl_irq' being
non-zero rather then the now non-existent 'ctrl_task'.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'ath10k_htt_rx_h_unchain' needs to be called only if the return
value from 'ath10k_htt_rx_amsdu_pop' is 1('chained msdu's'), this
change makes it more explicit and avoids doing a skb_peek, fetching
rx descriptor pointer, checking rx msdu decap format for the case of
ret = 0 (unchained msdus). Found this change during code walk through,
not sure if this addresses any issue.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
With centralized MTU checking, there's nothing productive done by
eth_change_mtu that isn't already done in dev_set_mtu, so mark it as
deprecated and remove all usage of it in the kernel. All callers have been
audited for calls to alloc_etherdev* or ether_setup directly, which means
they all have a valid dev->min_mtu and dev->max_mtu. Now eth_change_mtu
prints out a netdev_warn about being deprecated, for the benefit of
out-of-tree drivers that might be utilizing it.
Of note, dvb_net.c actually had dev->mtu = 4096, while using
eth_change_mtu, meaning that if you ever tried changing it's mtu, you
couldn't set it above 1500 anymore. It's now getting dev->max_mtu also set
to 4096 to remedy that.
v2: fix up lantiq_etop, missed breakage due to drive not compiling on x86
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the growing parameter list to a structure for the interface
combination check and iteration functions in cfg80211 and mac80211
to make the code easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
[edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SDIO ID 0271:0418
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Bugzilla-ID: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=67921
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This reverts commit 171f6402e4 ("ath9k_hw: implement temperature compensation
support for AR9003+"). Some users report that this commit causes a regression
in performance under some conditions.
Fixes: 171f6402e4 ("ath9k_hw: implement temperature compensation support for AR9003+")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.8
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: improve commit log]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 0b8e3c4ca2 ("ath10k: move cal data len to hw_params") broke retrieving
the calibration data from cal_data debugfs file. The length of file was always
zero. The reason is:
static ssize_t ath10k_debug_cal_data_read(struct file *file,
char __user *user_buf,
size_t count, loff_t *ppos)
{
struct ath10k *ar = file->private_data;
void *buf = file->private_data;
This is obviously bogus, private_data cannot contain both struct ath10k and the
buffer. Fix it by caching calibration data to ar->debug.cal_data. This also
allows it to be accessed when the device is not active (interface is down).
The cal_data buffer is fixed size because during the first firmware probe we
don't yet know what will be the lenght of the calibration data. It was simplest
just to use a fixed length. There's a WARN_ON() in
ath10k_debug_cal_data_fetch() if the buffer is too small.
Tested with qca988x and firmware 10.2.4.70.56.
Reported-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
Fixes: 0b8e3c4ca2 ("ath10k: move cal data len to hw_params")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.7+
Signed-off-by: Marty Faltesek <mfaltesek@google.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: improve commit log and minor other changes]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In commit d86e647688 ("rtlwifi: rtl818x: constify local structures"),
the configuration struct for most of the drivers was changed to be
constant. The problem is that five of the modified drivers need to be
able to update the firmware name based on the exact model of the card.
As the file names were stored in one of the members of that struct,
these drivers would fail with a kernel BUG splat when they tried to
update the firmware name.
Rather than reverting the previous commit, I used a suggestion by
Johannes Berg and made the firmware file name pointers be local to
the routines that update the software variables.
The configuration struct of rtl8192cu, which was not touched in the
previous patch, is now constantfied.
Fixes: d86e647688 ("rtlwifi: rtl818x: constify local structures")
Suggested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.8
Cc: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Instead of building the multi-channel ops at runtime, declare
the common ops with a macro and build both that way, so that
the multi-channel ops can also be const.
As a side effect, due to the removed code, this decreases the
size of the module (while shifting data from .bss to .text
due to the newly added const).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We should not accept arbitrary DA/SA inside A-MSDUs, it could be used
to circumvent protections, like allowing a station to send frames and
make them seem to come from somewhere else.
Add the necessary infrastructure in cfg80211 to allow such checks, in
further patches we'll start using them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's only a single case where has_80211_header is passed as true,
which is in mac80211. Given that there's only simple code that needs
to be done before calling it, export that function from cfg80211
instead and let mac80211 call it itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull uaccess.h prepwork from Al Viro:
"Preparations to tree-wide switch to use of linux/uaccess.h (which,
obviously, will allow to start unifying stuff for real). The last step
there, ie
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
`git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h`
is not taken here - I would prefer to do it once just before or just
after -rc1. However, everything should be ready for it"
* 'work.uaccess2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
remove a stray reference to asm/uaccess.h in docs
sparc64: separate extable_64.h, switch elf_64.h to it
score: separate extable.h, switch module.h to it
mips: separate extable.h, switch module.h to it
x86: separate extable.h, switch sections.h to it
remove stray include of asm/uaccess.h from cacheflush.h
mn10300: remove a bogus processor.h->uaccess.h include
xtensa: split uaccess.h into C and asm sides
bonding: quit messing with IOCTL
kill __kernel_ds_p off
mn10300: finish verify_area() off
frv: move HAVE_ARCH_UNMAPPED_AREA to pgtable.h
exceptions: detritus removal
The link value reported by the link status register is not
reliable when no SPF module inserted. This patchset fixes this
issue by using GPIO to determine the link status.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Quan Nguyen <qnguyen@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The private structure contain a pointer to phydev, but the structure
net_device already contain such pointer. So we can remove the pointer
phydev in the private structure, and update the driver to use the
one contained in struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel source files need not include <linux/kconfig.h> explicitly
because the top Makefile forces to include it with:
-include $(srctree)/include/linux/kconfig.h
This commit removes explicit includes except the following:
* arch/s390/include/asm/facilities_src.h
* tools/testing/radix-tree/linux/kernel.h
These two are used for host programs.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1473656164-11929-1-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
A good practice is to prefix the names of functions by the name
of the subsystem.
The kthread worker API is a mix of classic kthreads and workqueues. Each
worker has a dedicated kthread. It runs a generic function that process
queued works. It is implemented as part of the kthread subsystem.
This patch renames the existing kthread worker API to use
the corresponding name from the workqueues API prefixed by
kthread_:
__init_kthread_worker() -> __kthread_init_worker()
init_kthread_worker() -> kthread_init_worker()
init_kthread_work() -> kthread_init_work()
insert_kthread_work() -> kthread_insert_work()
queue_kthread_work() -> kthread_queue_work()
flush_kthread_work() -> kthread_flush_work()
flush_kthread_worker() -> kthread_flush_worker()
Note that the names of DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK*() macros stay
as they are. It is common that the "DEFINE_" prefix has
precedence over the subsystem names.
Note that INIT() macros and init() functions use different
naming scheme. There is no good solution. There are several
reasons for this solution:
+ "init" in the function names stands for the verb "initialize"
aka "initialize worker". While "INIT" in the macro names
stands for the noun "INITIALIZER" aka "worker initializer".
+ INIT() macros are used only in DEFINE() macros
+ init() functions are used close to the other kthread()
functions. It looks much better if all the functions
use the same scheme.
+ There will be also kthread_destroy_worker() that will
be used close to kthread_cancel_work(). It is related
to the init() function. Again it looks better if all
functions use the same naming scheme.
+ there are several precedents for such init() function
names, e.g. amd_iommu_init_device(), free_area_init_node(),
jump_label_init_type(), regmap_init_mmio_clk(),
+ It is not an argument but it was inconsistent even before.
[arnd@arndb.de: fix linux-next merge conflict]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20160908135724.1311726-1-arnd@arndb.de
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1470754545-17632-3-git-send-email-pmladek@suse.com
Suggested-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Netfilter list handling fix, from Linus.
2) RXRPC/AFS bug fixes from David Howells (oops on call to serviceless
endpoints, build warnings, missing notifications, etc.) From David
Howells.
3) Kernel log message missing newlines, from Colin Ian King.
4) Don't enter direct reclaim in netlink dumps, the idea is to use a
high order allocation first and fallback quickly to a 0-order
allocation if such a high-order one cannot be done cheaply and
without reclaim. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix firmware download errors in btusb bluetooth driver, from Ethan
Hsieh.
6) Missing Kconfig deps for QCOM_EMAC, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
7) Fix MDIO_XGENE dup Kconfig entry. From Laura Abbott.
8) Constrain ipv6 rtr_solicits sysctl values properly, from Maciej
Żenczykowski.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (65 commits)
netfilter: Fix slab corruption.
be2net: Enable VF link state setting for BE3
be2net: Fix TX stats for TSO packets
be2net: Update Copyright string in be_hw.h
be2net: NCSI FW section should be properly updated with ethtool for BE3
be2net: Provide an alternate way to read pf_num for BEx chips
wan/fsl_ucc_hdlc: Fix size used in dma_free_coherent()
net: macb: NULL out phydev after removing mdio bus
xen-netback: make sure that hashes are not send to unaware frontends
Fixing a bug in team driver due to incorrect 'unsigned int' to 'int' conversion
MAINTAINERS: add myself as a maintainer of xen-netback
ipv6 addrconf: disallow rtr_solicits < -1
Bluetooth: btusb: Fix atheros firmware download error
drivers: net: phy: Correct duplicate MDIO_XGENE entry
ethernet: qualcomm: QCOM_EMAC should depend on HAS_DMA and HAS_IOMEM
net: ethernet: mediatek: remove hwlro property in the device tree
net: ethernet: mediatek: get hw lro capability by the chip id instead of by the dtsi
net: ethernet: mediatek: get the chip id by ETHDMASYS registers
net: bgmac: Fix errant feature flag check
netlink: do not enter direct reclaim from netlink_dump()
...
Pull misc vfs updates from Al Viro:
"Assorted misc bits and pieces.
There are several single-topic branches left after this (rename2
series from Miklos, current_time series from Deepa Dinamani, xattr
series from Andreas, uaccess stuff from from me) and I'd prefer to
send those separately"
* 'work.misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (39 commits)
proc: switch auxv to use of __mem_open()
hpfs: support FIEMAP
cifs: get rid of unused arguments of CIFSSMBWrite()
posix_acl: uapi header split
posix_acl: xattr representation cleanups
fs/aio.c: eliminate redundant loads in put_aio_ring_file
fs/internal.h: add const to ns_dentry_operations declaration
compat: remove compat_printk()
fs/buffer.c: make __getblk_slow() static
proc: unsigned file descriptors
fs/file: more unsigned file descriptors
fs: compat: remove redundant check of nr_segs
cachefiles: Fix attempt to read i_blocks after deleting file [ver #2]
cifs: don't use memcpy() to copy struct iov_iter
get rid of separate multipage fault-in primitives
fs: Avoid premature clearing of capabilities
fs: Give dentry to inode_change_ok() instead of inode
fuse: Propagate dentry down to inode_change_ok()
ceph: Propagate dentry down to inode_change_ok()
xfs: Propagate dentry down to inode_change_ok()
...
- Updates to mlx5
- Updates to mlx4 (two conflicts, both minor and easily resolved)
- Updates to iw_cxgb4 (one conflict, not so obvious to resolve, proper
resolution is to keep the code in cxgb4_main.c as it is in Linus'
tree as attach_uld was refactored and moved into cxgb4_uld.c)
- Improvements to uAPI (moved vendor specific API elements to uAPI area)
- Add hns-roce driver and hns and hns-roce ACPI reset support
- Conversion of all rdma code away from deprecated
create_singlethread_workqueue
- Security improvement: remove unsafe ib_get_dma_mr (breaks lustre in
staging)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=LC+S
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull main rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
"This is the main pull request for the rdma stack this release. The
code has been through 0day and I had it tagged for linux-next testing
for a couple days.
Summary:
- updates to mlx5
- updates to mlx4 (two conflicts, both minor and easily resolved)
- updates to iw_cxgb4 (one conflict, not so obvious to resolve,
proper resolution is to keep the code in cxgb4_main.c as it is in
Linus' tree as attach_uld was refactored and moved into
cxgb4_uld.c)
- improvements to uAPI (moved vendor specific API elements to uAPI
area)
- add hns-roce driver and hns and hns-roce ACPI reset support
- conversion of all rdma code away from deprecated
create_singlethread_workqueue
- security improvement: remove unsafe ib_get_dma_mr (breaks lustre in
staging)"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (75 commits)
staging/lustre: Disable InfiniBand support
iw_cxgb4: add fast-path for small REG_MR operations
cxgb4: advertise support for FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR
IB/core: correctly handle rdma_rw_init_mrs() failure
IB/srp: Fix infinite loop when FMR sg[0].offset != 0
IB/srp: Remove an unused argument
IB/core: Improve ib_map_mr_sg() documentation
IB/mlx4: Fix possible vl/sl field mismatch in LRH header in QP1 packets
IB/mthca: Move user vendor structures
IB/nes: Move user vendor structures
IB/ocrdma: Move user vendor structures
IB/mlx4: Move user vendor structures
IB/cxgb4: Move user vendor structures
IB/cxgb3: Move user vendor structures
IB/mlx5: Move and decouple user vendor structures
IB/{core,hw}: Add constant for node_desc
ipoib: Make ipoib_warn ratelimited
IB/mlx4/alias_GUID: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
IB/ipoib_verbs: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
IB/ipoib: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
...
The VF link state setting feature now works on BE3 chips too from
FW ver 11.1.192.0 onwards.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX stats update does not take into account headers which get duplicated
when the TSO packet is split into segments by HW. Fix this for both
tunneled (vxlan) and non-tunneled TSO packets.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the year and company name in the copyright string
in be_hw.h.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver has a check to ensure that NCSI FW section is updated only
if the current FW version in the card supports it. This FW version check
is done using memcmp() which obviously fails in some cases. Fix this by
breaking up the version string into integer version components and
comparing them.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver gets the pf_num for Skyhawk and Lancer using
GET_FUNC_CONFIG FW command. But since that command is not
supported in BEx, we need to get it from some other command.
Otherwise TPE recovery would fail since all NIC PFs would
end up with a func num of 0. There's a pci function number
field in the response of GET_CNTL_ATTRIBUTES command that
can be read to get the same info for BEx adapters.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These updates have been kept in a separate branch mostly because
they rely on updates to the respective clk drivers to keep the
shared header files in sync.
- The Renesas r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) platform gets added, this is an
automotive SoC similar to the ⅹ8a7795 chip we already support, but
the dts changes rely on a clock driver change that has been
merged for v4.9 through the clk tree.
- The Amlogic meson-gxbb (S905) platform gains support for a few
drivers merged through our tree, in particular the network and
usb driver changes are required and included here, and also
the clk tree changes.
- The Allwinner platforms have seen a large-scale change to their
clk drivers and the dts file updates must come after that.
This includes the newly added Nextthing GR8 platform, which is
derived from sun5i/A13.
- Some integrator (arm32) changes rely on clk driver changes.
- A single patch for lpc32xx has no such dependency but wasn't
added until just before the merge window
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=OmAu
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'armsoc-late' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM SoC late DT updates from Arnd Bergmann:
"These updates have been kept in a separate branch mostly because they
rely on updates to the respective clk drivers to keep the shared
header files in sync.
- The Renesas r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) platform gets added, this is an
automotive SoC similar to the ⅹ8a7795 chip we already support, but
the dts changes rely on a clock driver change that has been merged
for v4.9 through the clk tree.
- The Amlogic meson-gxbb (S905) platform gains support for a few
drivers merged through our tree, in particular the network and usb
driver changes are required and included here, and also the clk
tree changes.
- The Allwinner platforms have seen a large-scale change to their clk
drivers and the dts file updates must come after that. This
includes the newly added Nextthing GR8 platform, which is derived
from sun5i/A13.
- Some integrator (arm32) changes rely on clk driver changes.
- A single patch for lpc32xx has no such dependency but wasn't added
until just before the merge window"
* tag 'armsoc-late' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (99 commits)
ARM: dts: lpc32xx: add device node for IRAM on-chip memory
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add accelerometer to polaroid-mid2407pxe03
ARM: dts: sun8i: enable UART1 for iNet D978 Rev2 board
ARM: dts: sun8i: add pinmux for UART1 at PG
dts: sun8i-h3: add I2C0-2 peripherals to H3 SOC
dts: sun8i-h3: add pinmux definitions for I2C0-2
dts: sun8i-h3: associate exposed UARTs on Orange Pi Boards
dts: sun8i-h3: split off RTS/CTS for UART1 in seperate pinmux
dts: sun8i-h3: add pinmux definitions for UART2-3
ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Disable EHCI1
ARM: dts: sun9i: cubieboard4: Add AXP806 PMIC device node and regulators
ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Add AXP806 PMIC device node and regulators
ARM: dts: sun9i: cubieboard4: Declare AXP809 SW regulator as unused
ARM: dts: sun9i: a80-optimus: Declare AXP809 SW regulator as unused
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a33-ga10h
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-polaroid-mid2809pxe04
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-polaroid-mid2407pxe03
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-inet86dz
ARM: dts: sun8i: Add touchscreen node for sun8i-a23-gt90h
ARM64: dts: meson-gxbb-vega-s95: Enable USB Nodes
...
Size used with 'dma_alloc_coherent()' and 'dma_free_coherent()' should be
consistent.
Here, the size of a pointer is used in dma_alloc... and the size of the
pointed structure is used in dma_free...
This has been spotted with coccinelle, using the following script:
////////////////////
@r@
expression x0, x1, y0, y1, z0, z1, t0, t1, ret;
@@
* ret = dma_alloc_coherent(x0, y0, z0, t0);
...
* dma_free_coherent(x1, y1, ret, t1);
@script:python@
y0 << r.y0;
y1 << r.y1;
@@
if y1.find(y0) == -1:
print "WARNING: sizes look different: '%s' vs '%s'" % (y0, y1)
////////////////////
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To ensure the dev->phydev pointer is not used after becoming invalid in
mdiobus_unregister, set it to NULL. This happens when removing the macb
driver without first taking its interface down, since unregister_netdev
will end up calling macb_close.
Signed-off-by: Xander Huff <xander.huff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Brad Mouring <brad.mouring@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Moritz Fischer <moritz.fischer@ettus.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case when a frontend only negotiates a single queue with xen-
netback it is possible for a skbuff with a s/w hash to result in a
hash extra_info segment being sent to the frontend even when no hash
algorithm has been configured. (The ndo_select_queue() entry point makes
sure the hash is not set if no algorithm is configured, but this entry
point is not called when there is only a single queue). This can result
in a frontend that is unable to handle extra_info segments being given
such a segment, causing it to crash.
This patch fixes the problem by clearing the hash in ndo_start_xmit()
instead, which is clearly guaranteed to be called irrespective of the
number of queues.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When processing a REG_MR work request, if fw supports the
FW_RI_NSMR_TPTE_WR work request, and if the page list for this
registration is <= 2 pages, and the current state of the mr is INVALID,
then use FW_RI_NSMR_TPTE_WR to pass down a fully populated TPTE for FW
to write. This avoids FW having to do an async read of the TPTE blocking
the SQ until the read completes.
To know if the current MR state is INVALID or not, iw_cxgb4 must track the
state of each fastreg MR. The c4iw_mr struct state is updated as REG_MR
and LOCAL_INV WRs are posted and completed, when a reg_mr is destroyed,
and when RECV completions are processed that include a local invalidation.
This optimization increases small IO IOPS for both iSER and NVMF.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Query firmware for the FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_RI_FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR parameter.
If it exists and is 1, then advertise support for FR_NSMR_TPTE_WR to
the ULDs.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
In MLX qp packets, the LRH (built by the driver) has both a VL field
and an SL field. When building a QP1 packet, the VL field should
reflect the SLtoVL mapping and not arbitrarily contain zero (as is
done now). This bug causes credit problems in IB switches at
high rates of QP1 packets.
The fix is to cache the SL to VL mapping in the driver, and look up
the VL mapped to the SL provided in the send request when sending
QP1 packets.
For FW versions which support generating a port_management_config_change
event with subtype sl-to-vl-table-change, the driver uses that event
to update its sl-to-vl mapping cache. Otherwise, the driver snoops
incoming SMP mads to update the cache.
There remains the case where the FW is running in secure-host mode
(so no QP0 packets are delivered to the driver), and the FW does not
generate the sl2vl mapping change event. To support this case, the
driver updates (via querying the FW) its sl2vl mapping cache when
running in secure-host mode when it receives either a Port Up event
or a client-reregister event (where the port is still up, but there
may have been an opensm failover).
OpenSM modifies the sl2vl mapping before Port Up and Client-reregister
events occur, so if there is a mapping change the driver's cache will
be properly updated.
Fixes: 225c7b1fee ("IB/mlx4: Add a driver Mellanox ConnectX InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The 8192eu suffered from two issues when reloading the driver.
The same problems as with the 8723bu where REG_RX_WAIT_CCA bits 22 and
23 didn't get set in rtl8192e_enable_rf().
In addition it also seems prone to issues when setting REG_RF_CTRL to
0 intead of just disabling the RF_ENABLE bit. Similar to what was
causing issues with the 8188eu.
With this patch I can successfully reload the driver and reassociate
to an APi with an 8192eu dongle.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.8+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The generic disable_rf() function clears bits 22 and 23 in
REG_RX_WAIT_CCA, however we did not re-enable them again in
rtl8723b_enable_rf()
This resolves the problem for me with 8723bu devices not working again
after reloading the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.7+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The full RX descriptor is converted so converting tsfl again would
return it to it's original endian value.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.8+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A device running without RX package aggregation could return more data
in the USB packet than the actual network packet. In this case we
could would clone the skb but then determine that that there was no
packet to handle and exit without freeing the cloned skb first.
This has so far only been observed with 8188eu devices, but could
affect others.
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.8+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
An extra entry for MDIO_XGENE got added during merging.
Delete it.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Laura Abbott <labbott@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If NO_DMA=y:
drivers/built-in.o: In function `emac_probe':
emac.c:(.text+0x3780b8): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x3780e2): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x378112): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x378146): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
emac.c:(.text+0x37816e): undefined reference to `bad_dma_ops'
drivers/built-in.o:emac.c:(.text+0x37819a): more undefined references to `bad_dma_ops' follow
If NO_IOMEM=y:
drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/emac.c: In function ‘emac_remove’:
drivers/net/ethernet/qualcomm/emac/emac.c:736:3: error: implicit declaration of function ‘iounmap’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
iounmap(adpt->phy.digital);
^
Add dependencies on HAS_DMA and HAS_IOMEM to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because hw lro started to be supported from MT7623, the proper way to check if
the feature is capable is to judge by the chip id instead of by the dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver gets the chip id by ETHSYS_CHIPID0_3/ETHSYS_CHIPID4_7 registers
in mtk_probe().
Signed-off-by: Nelson Chang <nelson.chang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During the conversion to the feature flags, a check against
ci->id != BCMA_CHIP_ID_BCM47162
became
bgmac->feature_flags & BGMAC_FEAT_CLKCTLS
instead of
!(bgmac->feature_flags & BGMAC_FEAT_CLKCTLS)
Reported-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jon.mason@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wake-on-LAN (WoL) is an Ethernet networking standard that allows
a computer/device to be turned on or awakened by a network message.
VSC8531 PHY can support this feature configure by driver set function.
WoL status get by driver get function.
Tested on Beaglebone Black with VSC 8531 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <Raju.Lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to enable CPSW RGMII internal delay (id mode) bits
when rgmii internal delay is configured in phy.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival fix, dev_err messages are missing a \n, so add it. Also
fix grammer, spelling mistake and add white spaces to various
error messages.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival fix, dev_dbg message is missing a \n, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival fix, dev_err messages are missing a \n, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows full 64K skbuffs (with 1500 mtu ethernet, composed of 45
fragments) to be handled by netback for to-guest rx.
Signed-off-by: Ross Lagerwall <ross.lagerwall@citrix.com>
[re-based]
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of flushing the copy ops when an packet is complete, complete
packets when their copy ops are done. This improves performance by
reducing the number of grant copy hypercalls.
Latency is still limited by the relatively small size of the copy
batch.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
[re-based]
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of only placing one skb on the guest rx ring at a time, process
a batch of up-to 64. This improves performance by ~10% in some tests.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
[re-based]
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an skb is removed from the guest rx queue, immediately wake the
tx queue, instead of after processing them.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
[re-based]
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the to-guest (rx) path to:
1. Push responses for completed skbs earlier, reducing latency.
2. Reduce the per-queue memory overhead by greatly reducing the
maximum number of grant copy ops in each hypercall (from 4352 to
64). Each struct xenvif_queue is now only 44 kB instead of 220 kB.
3. Make the code more maintainable.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
[re-based]
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As far as I am aware only very old Windows network frontends make use of
this style of passing GSO packets from backend to frontend. These
frontends can easily be replaced by the freely available Xen Project
Windows PV network frontend, which uses the 'default' mechanism for
passing GSO packets, which is also used by all Linux frontends.
NOTE: Removal of this feature will not cause breakage in old Windows
frontends. They simply will no longer receive GSO packets - the
packets instead being fragmented in the backend.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netback source module has become very large and somewhat confusing.
This patch simply moves all code related to the backend to frontend (i.e
guest side rx) data-path into a separate rx source module.
This patch contains no functional change, it is code movement and
minimal changes to avoid patch style-check issues.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Madalin Bucur says:
====================
fsl/fman: cleanup and small fixes
This series contains fixes for the DPAA FMan driver.
Adding myself as maintainer of the driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When power is removed from the device, all of the SDIO settings
return to default. Fix that by reconfiguring after power is
applied.
Signed-off-by: James Minor <james.minor@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the hardware to be restarted, as it will cause the
sg to be reinitialized.
Signed-off-by: James Minor <james.minor@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To reuse the busreqs in case of hardware restart, they must be
properly reinitialized. If the scat_req pointer isn't reset to
0, __ath6kl_sdio_write_async() will assume there is sg work to be
done (causing a kernel OOPS).
Signed-off-by: James Minor <james.minor@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve deRosier <steve.derosier@lairdtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Set bit 0 in register 1C.23 to enable the EDPD feature of the
KSZ9031 PHY. This reduces power consumption when the link is
down.
Signed-off-by: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) BBR TCP congestion control, from Neal Cardwell, Yuchung Cheng and
co. at Google. https://lwn.net/Articles/701165/
2) Do TCP Small Queues for retransmits, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Support collect_md mode for all IPV4 and IPV6 tunnels, from Alexei
Starovoitov.
4) Allow cls_flower to classify packets in ip tunnels, from Amir Vadai.
5) Support DSA tagging in older mv88e6xxx switches, from Andrew Lunn.
6) Support GMAC protocol in iwlwifi mwm, from Ayala Beker.
7) Support ndo_poll_controller in mlx5, from Calvin Owens.
8) Move VRF processing to an output hook and allow l3mdev to be
loopback, from David Ahern.
9) Support SOCK_DESTROY for UDP sockets. Also from David Ahern.
10) Congestion control in RXRPC, from David Howells.
11) Support geneve RX offload in ixgbe, from Emil Tantilov.
12) When hitting pressure for new incoming TCP data SKBs, perform a
partial rathern than a full purge of the OFO queue (which could be
huge). From Eric Dumazet.
13) Convert XFRM state and policy lookups to RCU, from Florian Westphal.
14) Support RX network flow classification to igb, from Gangfeng Huang.
15) Hardware offloading of eBPF in nfp driver, from Jakub Kicinski.
16) New skbmod packet action, from Jamal Hadi Salim.
17) Remove some inefficiencies in snmp proc output, from Jia He.
18) Add FIB notifications to properly propagate route changes to
hardware which is doing forwarding offloading. From Jiri Pirko.
19) New dsa driver for qca8xxx chips, from John Crispin.
20) Implement RFC7559 ipv6 router solicitation backoff, from Maciej
Żenczykowski.
21) Add L3 mode to ipvlan, from Mahesh Bandewar.
22) Support 802.1ad in mlx4, from Moshe Shemesh.
23) Support hardware LRO in mediatek driver, from Nelson Chang.
24) Add TC offloading to mlx5, from Or Gerlitz.
25) Convert various drivers to ethtool ksettings interfaces, from
Philippe Reynes.
26) TX max rate limiting for cxgb4, from Rahul Lakkireddy.
27) NAPI support for ath10k, from Rajkumar Manoharan.
28) Support XDP in mlx5, from Rana Shahout and Saeed Mahameed.
29) UDP replicast support in TIPC, from Richard Alpe.
30) Per-queue statistics for qed driver, from Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru.
31) Support BQL in thunderx driver, from Sunil Goutham.
32) TSO support in alx driver, from Tobias Regnery.
33) Add stream parser engine and use it in kcm.
34) Support async DHCP replies in ipconfig module, from Uwe
Kleine-König.
35) DSA port fast aging for mv88e6xxx driver, from Vivien Didelot.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1715 commits)
mlxsw: switchx2: Fix misuse of hard_header_len
mlxsw: spectrum: Fix misuse of hard_header_len
net/faraday: Stop NCSI device on shutdown
net/ncsi: Introduce ncsi_stop_dev()
net/ncsi: Rework the channel monitoring
net/ncsi: Allow to extend NCSI request properties
net/ncsi: Rework request index allocation
net/ncsi: Don't probe on the reserved channel ID (0x1f)
net/ncsi: Introduce NCSI_RESERVED_CHANNEL
net/ncsi: Avoid unused-value build warning from ia64-linux-gcc
net: Add netdev all_adj_list refcnt propagation to fix panic
net: phy: Add Edge-rate driver for Microsemi PHYs.
vmxnet3: Wake queue from reset work
i40e: avoid NULL pointer dereference and recursive errors on early PCI error
qed: Add RoCE ll2 & GSI support
qed: Add support for memory registeration verbs
qed: Add support for QP verbs
qed: PD,PKEY and CQ verb support
qed: Add support for RoCE hw init
qede: Add qedr framework
...
It's not necessary to free memory allocated with devm_kzalloc
and using kfree leads to a double free.
Fixes: d776fc86b8 ("wlcore: sdio: Populate config firmware data")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In order to specify that the mlxsw switchx2 driver needs additional
headroom for packets, there have been use of the hard_header_len field of
the netdevice struct.
This commit changes that to use needed_headroom instead, as this is the
correct way to do that.
Fixes: 31557f0f97 ("mlxsw: Introduce Mellanox SwitchX-2 ASIC support")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to specify that the mlxsw spectrum driver needs additional
headroom for packets, there have been use of the hard_header_len field of
the netdevice struct.
This commit changes that to use needed_headroom instead, as this is the
correct way to do that.
Fixes: 56ade8fe3f ("mlxsw: spectrum: Add initial support for Spectrum ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately ath10k does not generally allow modifying the coverage class
with the stock firmware and Qualcomm has so far refused to implement this
feature so that it can be properly supported in ath10k. If we however know
the registers that need to be modified for proper operation with a higher
coverage class, then we can do these modifications from the driver.
This is a hack and might cause subtle problems but as it's not enabled by
default (only when user space changes the coverage class explicitly) it should
not cause new problems for existing setups. But still this should be considered
as an experimental feature and used with caution.
This patch implements the support for first generation cards (QCA9880, QCA9887
and so on) which are based on a core that is similar to ath9k. The registers
are modified in place and need to be re-written every time the firmware sets
them. To achieve this the register status is verified after certain WMI events
from the firmware.
The coverage class may not be modified temporarily right after the card
re-initializes the registers. This is for example the case during scanning.
Thanks to Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com> for initially
working on a userspace support for this. This patch wouldn't have been
possible without this documentation.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fit.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This overrides whatever regulatory the device
EEPROM contains and uses what the platform says
instead - in this implementation the ACPI driver.
In case the hint is not programmed or corrupted (0xffff)
the device falls back to the eeprom programmed settings.
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
[kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com: remove ifdef, change error handling, change info messages to dbg]
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This will be helpful for drivers that can acquire
alpha2 regulatory codes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During offchannel scan, iw survey dump shows wrong values.
Fix this by assigning cycle counter wranarround type for
QCA9888 and QCA9884, they share same config with QCA4019.
Signed-off-by: Anilkumar Kolli <akolli@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch helps to get the TPC stats for 10.4 fw variants.
Signed-off-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <c_mkenna@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This stops NCSI device when closing the network device so that the
NCSI device can be reenabled later.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Edge-rate:
As system and networking speeds increase, a signal's output transition,
also know as the edge rate or slew rate (V/ns), takes on greater importance
because high-speed signals come with a price. That price is an assortment of
interference problems like ringing on the line, signal overshoot and
undershoot, extended signal settling times, crosstalk noise, transmission
line reflections, false signal detection by the receiving device and
electromagnetic interference (EMI) -- all of which can negate the potential
gains designers are seeking when they try to increase system speeds through
the use of higher performance logic devices. The fact is, faster signaling
edge rates can cause a higher level of electrical noise or other type of
interference that can actually lead to slower line speeds and lower maximum
system frequencies. This parameter allow the board designers to change the
driving strange, and thereby change the EMI behavioral.
Edge-rate parameters (vddmac, edge-slowdown) get from Device Tree.
Tested on Beaglebone Black with VSC 8531 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Raju Lakkaraju <Raju.Lakkaraju@microsemi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vmxnet3_reset_work() expects tx queues to be stopped (via
vmxnet3_quiesce_dev -> netif_tx_disable). However, this races with the
netif_wake_queue() call in netif_tx_timeout() such that the driver's
start_xmit routine may be called unexpectedly, triggering one of the BUG_ON
in vmxnet3_map_pkt with a stack trace like this:
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa00cf4bc>] vmxnet3_map_pkt+0x3ac/0x4c0 [vmxnet3]
[<ffffffffa00cf7e0>] vmxnet3_tq_xmit+0x210/0x4e0 [vmxnet3]
[<ffffffff813ab144>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x2e4/0x4c0
[<ffffffff813c956e>] sch_direct_xmit+0x17e/0x1e0
[<ffffffff813c96a7>] __qdisc_run+0xd7/0x130
[<ffffffff813a6a7a>] net_tx_action+0x10a/0x200
[<ffffffff810691df>] __do_softirq+0x11f/0x260
[<ffffffff81472fdc>] call_softirq+0x1c/0x30
[<ffffffff81004695>] do_softirq+0x65/0xa0
[<ffffffff81069b89>] local_bh_enable_ip+0x99/0xa0
[<ffffffffa031ff36>] destroy_conntrack+0x96/0x110 [nf_conntrack]
[<ffffffff813d65e2>] nf_conntrack_destroy+0x12/0x20
[<ffffffff8139c6d5>] skb_release_head_state+0xb5/0xf0
[<ffffffff8139d299>] skb_release_all+0x9/0x20
[<ffffffff8139cfe9>] __kfree_skb+0x9/0x90
[<ffffffffa00d0069>] vmxnet3_quiesce_dev+0x209/0x340 [vmxnet3]
[<ffffffffa00d020a>] vmxnet3_reset_work+0x6a/0xa0 [vmxnet3]
[<ffffffff8107d7cc>] process_one_work+0x16c/0x350
[<ffffffff810804fa>] worker_thread+0x17a/0x410
[<ffffffff810848c6>] kthread+0x96/0xa0
[<ffffffff81472ee4>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-02
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Jake fixes an issue where PTP applications requesting software timestamps
may complain that the requested mode is not supported, so add a generic
callback for those drivers that have software transmit timestamp support
enabled. Then provides a trivial cleanup where a code was not wrapped
properly. Got make sure that code looks good in a 80 character limit.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although rare, it's possible to hit PCI error early on device
probe, meaning possibly some structs are not entirely initialized,
and some might even be completely uninitialized, leading to NULL
pointer dereference.
The i40e driver currently presents a "bad" behavior if device hits
such early PCI error: firstly, the struct i40e_pf might not be
attached to pci_dev yet, leading to a NULL pointer dereference on
access to pf->state.
Even checking if the struct is NULL and avoiding the access in that
case isn't enough, since the driver cannot recover from PCI error
that early; in our experiments we saw multiple failures on kernel
log, like:
[549.664] i40e 0007:01:00.1: Initial pf_reset failed: -15
[549.664] i40e: probe of 0007:01:00.1 failed with error -15
[...]
[871.644] i40e 0007:01:00.1: The driver for the device stopped because the
device firmware failed to init. Try updating your NVM image.
[871.644] i40e: probe of 0007:01:00.1 failed with error -32
[...]
[872.516] i40e 0007:01:00.0: ARQ: Unknown event 0x0000 ignored
Between the first probe failure (error -15) and the second (error -32)
another PCI error happened due to the first bad probe. Also, driver
started to flood console with those ARQ event messages.
This patch will prevent these issues by allowing error recovery
mechanism to remove the failed device from the system instead of
trying to recover from early PCI errors during device probe.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-03
This series contains fixes to i40e only.
Stefan Assmann provides the changes in this series to resolve an issue
where when we run out of MSIx vectors, iWARP gets disabled automatically.
First adds a check for "no vectors left" during MSIx vector allocation
for VMDq, which will prevent more vectors being allocated than available.
Then fixed the MSIx vector redistribution when we reach the hardware limit
for vectors so that additional features like VMDq, iWARP, etc do not get
starved for vectors because the PF is hogging all the resources. Lastly,
fix the issue for flow director by moving the check for the reaching the
vector limit earlier in the code so that a decision can be made on
disabling flow director.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the RoCE-specific LL2 logic [as well as GSI support] over
the 'generic' LL2 interface.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add slowpath configuration support for user, dma and memory
regions registration.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the slowpath configurations of Queue Pair verbs
which adds, deletes, modifies and queries Queue Pairs.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the configurations of the protection domain and
completion queues.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the backbone required for the various HW initalizations
which are necessary for the qedr driver - FW notification, resource
initializations, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a skeletal implementation of the qede RoCE driver -
The qedr has some dependencies of the state of the underlying base
interface. This adds some logic required with mutual registrations
and the ability to pass updates on 'intresting' events.
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Other protocols beside the networking driver need the ability
of passing some L2 traffic, usually [although not limited] for the
purpose of some management traffic.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Amrani <Ram.Amrani@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here are the "big" driver core patches for 4.9-rc1. Also in here are a
number of debugfs fixes that cropped up due to the changes that happened
in 4.8 for that filesystem. Overall, nothing major, just a few fixes
and cleanups.
All of these have been in linux-next with no reported issues.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iFYEABECABYFAlfyNw4PHGdyZWdAa3JvYWguY29tAAoJEDFH1A3bLfspLVYAoNXr
FXBHGb2tNT/1PLfvUCwd5PqWAJ9Khb5WAHtvjTmEN1zabz45aSbcrA==
=Uz6V
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-4.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core updates from Greg KH:
"Here are the "big" driver core patches for 4.9-rc1. Also in here are a
number of debugfs fixes that cropped up due to the changes that
happened in 4.8 for that filesystem. Overall, nothing major, just a
few fixes and cleanups.
All of these have been in linux-next with no reported issues"
* tag 'driver-core-4.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (23 commits)
drivers: dma-coherent: Move spinlock in dma_alloc_from_coherent()
drivers: dma-coherent: Fix DMA coherent size for less than page
MAINTAINERS: extend firmware_class maintainer list
debugfs: propagate release() call result
driver-core: platform: Catch errors from calls to irq_get_irq_data
sysfs print name of undiscoverable attribute group
carl9170: fix debugfs crashes
b43legacy: fix debugfs crash
b43: fix debugfs crash
debugfs: introduce a public file_operations accessor
device core: Remove deprecated create_singlethread_workqueue
drivers/base dmam_declare_coherent_memory leaks
platform: don't return 0 from platform_get_irq[_byname]() on error
cpu: clean up register_cpu func
dma-mapping: use vma_pages().
drivers: dma-coherent: use vma_pages().
attribute_container: Fix typo
base: soc: make it explicitly non-modular
drivers: base: dma-mapping: page align the size when unmap_kernel_range
platform driver: fix use-after-free in platform_device_del()
...
Pull CPU hotplug updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"Yet another batch of cpu hotplug core updates and conversions:
- Provide core infrastructure for multi instance drivers so the
drivers do not have to keep custom lists.
- Convert custom lists to the new infrastructure. The block-mq custom
list conversion comes through the block tree and makes the diffstat
tip over to more lines removed than added.
- Handle unbalanced hotplug enable/disable calls more gracefully.
- Remove the obsolete CPU_STARTING/DYING notifier support.
- Convert another batch of notifier users.
The relayfs changes which conflicted with the conversion have been
shipped to me by Andrew.
The remaining lot is targeted for 4.10 so that we finally can remove
the rest of the notifiers"
* 'smp-hotplug-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (46 commits)
cpufreq: Fix up conversion to hotplug state machine
blk/mq: Reserve hotplug states for block multiqueue
x86/apic/uv: Convert to hotplug state machine
s390/mm/pfault: Convert to hotplug state machine
mips/loongson/smp: Convert to hotplug state machine
mips/octeon/smp: Convert to hotplug state machine
fault-injection/cpu: Convert to hotplug state machine
padata: Convert to hotplug state machine
cpufreq: Convert to hotplug state machine
ACPI/processor: Convert to hotplug state machine
virtio scsi: Convert to hotplug state machine
oprofile/timer: Convert to hotplug state machine
block/softirq: Convert to hotplug state machine
lib/irq_poll: Convert to hotplug state machine
x86/microcode: Convert to hotplug state machine
sh/SH-X3 SMP: Convert to hotplug state machine
ia64/mca: Convert to hotplug state machine
ARM/OMAP/wakeupgen: Convert to hotplug state machine
ARM/shmobile: Convert to hotplug state machine
arm64/FP/SIMD: Convert to hotplug state machine
...
Currently if the MSI-X vector limit is reached the sideband flow
director gets disabled. A bit too early to make that decision, as
vectors may get re-distributed. So move the check further back.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver allocates 1 vector per CPU thread and the current hardware
limit for vectors is 129 per PF. On systems with 128 or more threads
this currently means all vectors are used by the PF leaving no room for
additional features like VMDq, iWARP, etc...
The code that should redistribute the vectors in this case is broken and
never triggers. Fixed the code so that it actually triggers if the
hardware limit is reached and adjust the number of queue pairs
accordingly.
Also the number of initially requested iWARP vectors was not properly
saved when the vector limit was reached, and therefore always zero.
Comparison with debug statement.
Before:
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: VMDq disabled, not enough MSI-X vectors
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: IWARP disabled, not enough MSI-X vectors
i40e 00.0 MSI-X vector distribution: PF 128, VMDq 0, FDSB 0, iWARP 0
After:
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: MSI-X vector limit reached, attempting to redistribute vectors
i40e 00.0 MSI-X vector distribution: PF 78, VMDq 8, FDSB 0, iWARP 42
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During MSI-X vector allocation for VMDq, a check for "no vectors left"
was missing, add it. This prevents more vectors to be allocated than
available.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In case of error, the function ioremap() returns NULL pointer
not ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value check
should be replaced with NULL test.
Also add check for return value of platform_get_resource().
Fixes: 54e19bc74f ("net: qcom/emac: do not use devm on internal
phy pdev")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The broadcast packets is filtered in the hardware now, so this process
is no need in the driver, just delete it.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When the dsaf mode receives a broadcast packet, it will filter
the packet by comparing the received queue number and destination
queue number(get from forwarding table), if they are the same,
the packet will be filtered. Otherwise, the packet will be loopback.
So this patch select queue 0 to send broadcast and multicast packets.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
As the sub queue id in the broadcast forwarding table is always
set to absolute queue 0 rather than the interface's relative queue 0,
this will cause the received broadcast packets loopback to rcb.
This patch sets the sub queue id to relative queue 0 of each port.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
After running command "ethtool -t eth0", eth0 can not be connected to
network. It is caused by the changing the inner loopback register and
this register cannot be changed when hns connected to network. The
routine of setting this register needs to be removed and using promisc
mode to let the packet looped back pass by dsaf mode.
Reported-by: Jun He <hjat2005@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kejian Yan <yankejian@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhaung <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Because we handle the received packets after napi, so delete the checking
before submitting. It delete the code of read the fbd number register,
which reduces the cpu usages while receiving packets
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds fini_process for v2, it handles the packets recevied
by the hardware in the napi porcess. With this patch, the hardware irq
numbers will drop 50% per sec.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When set rx/tx coalesce usecs to 0, the interrupt coalesce will be
disabled, but there is a interrupt rate limit which set to 1us, it
will cause no interrupt occurs. This patch disable interrupt limit
when sets coalsecs usecs to 0, and restores it to 1 in other case.
Signed-off-by: Daode Huang <huangdaode@hisilicon.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When hnae_reserve_buffer_map fail, it will break cycle and some
buffer description has no available memory, therefore the port will
be unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Trivial change here to cleanup a checkpatch.pl warning that got
introduced when changing to alloc_workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no need to clk_disable_unprepare(dev->clk)
before it was initialized.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If fi->fib_nhs is zero, the router interface pointer is uninitialized, as shown by
this warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c: In function 'mlxsw_sp_router_fib_event':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:1674:21: error: 'r' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:1643:23: note: 'r' was declared here
This changes the loop so we handle the case the same way as finding no router
interface pointer attached to one of the nexthops to ensure we always
trap here instead of using uninitialized data.
Fixes: b45f64d16d ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use FIB notifications instead of switchdev calls")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Build-testing this driver with -Wmaybe-uninitialized gives a new false-positive
warning that I can't really explain:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c: In function 'mlx5e_configure_flower':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c:509:3: error: 'old_attr' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
It's obvious from the code that 'old_attr' is initialized whenever 'old'
is non-NULL here. The warning appears with all versions I tested from gcc-4.7
through gcc-6.1, and I could not come up with a way to rewrite the function
in a more readable way that avoids the warning, so I'm adding another
initialization to shut it up.
Fixes: 8b32580df1 ("net/mlx5e: Add TC vlan action for SRIOV offloads")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This generic callback is for drivers which have software Tx timestamp
support enabled. Without this, PTP applications requesting software
timestamps may complain that the requested mode is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent cleanup marked cxgb4_dcb_enabled as 'static', which is correct, but this ignored
how the symbol is also exported. In addition, the export can be compiled out when modules
are disabled, causing a harmless compiler warning in configurations for which it is not
used at all:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_main.c:282:12: error: 'cxgb4_dcb_enabled' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
This removes the export and moves the function into the correct #ifdef so we only build
it when there are users.
Fixes: 50935857f8 ("cxgb4: mark symbols static where possible")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the mac address origin is not dt, you can only safely assign a mac
address after "link up" of the device. If the link is off the clocks are
disabled and because of issues assigning registers when clocks are off the
new mac address cannot be written in .ndo_set_mac_address() on some soc's.
This fix sets the mac address unconditionally in fec_restart(...) and
ensures consistency between fec registers and the network layer.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Schenk <g.schenk@eckelmann.de>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Fixes: 9638d19e48 ("net: fec: add netif status check before set mac address")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 2 warnings when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:2041:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'mtk_get_link_ksettings' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c:2052:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'mtk_set_link_ksettings' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, these functions are only used in the file in which they are
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
So this patch marks these functions with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We get 1 warning when building kernel with W=1:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_main.c:2715:5: warning: no previous prototype for 'cxgb_setup_tc' [-Wmissing-prototypes]
In fact, this function is only used in the file in which it is
declared and don't need a declaration, but can be made static.
so this patch marks this function with 'static'.
Signed-off-by: Baoyou Xie <baoyou.xie@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements ndo_poll_controller in net_device_ops callbacks for mlx5,
which is necessary to use netconsole with this driver.
Acked-By: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Calvin Owens <calvinowens@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set upper 32 bits of destination register to zeros after
load from the context structure.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also can address following UBSAN warnings:
[ 36.640343] ================================================================================
[ 36.648772] UBSAN: Undefined behaviour in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/fw.c:857:26
[ 36.656853] shift exponent 64 is too large for 32-bit type 'int'
[ 36.663348] ================================================================================
[ 36.671783] ================================================================================
[ 36.680213] UBSAN: Undefined behaviour in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/fw.c:861:27
[ 36.688297] shift exponent 35 is too large for 32-bit type 'int'
[ 36.694702] ================================================================================
Tested:
reboot with UBSAN, no warning.
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* work for new hardware support continues
* dynamic queue allocation stabilization
* improvements in the MSIx code
* multiqueue support work continues
* new firmware version support (API 26)
* add 8275 series support
* add 9560 series support
* add support for MU-MIMO sniffer
* add support for RRM by scan
* add support for "reverse" rx packet injection faking hw descriptors
* migrate to devm memory allocation handling
* Remove support for older firmwares (API older than -17 and -22)
wl12xx
* support booting the same rootfs with both wl12xx and wl18xx
hostap
* mark the driver as obsolete
ath9k
* disable RNG by default
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJX7UPbAAoJEG4XJFUm622bmgIH/2fCGwkejWpN/KLckRU0I+ze
Yx0o8aEmYAOnZW4tVVGAtEAxeLdzjMeHKsyJ+4RBguhRpbV2FTKnzg7LYeqqI3Vw
LjZwKLrrBj4DXQwtTxBC8uScUpDU91U4mZwOTN+UkyXQb9hDxl2CH3MUgc432hcd
flSXTnaY8TJzFuHM9Q/TORXmSx3VtMqYnqUYcyoaKEC8ZiSr6dWtzh5OkPS+O4Di
4CNPDjEK5uhe46gDWJhGY2bx6TnzGx6O5mRfWfzdvL3Fzy9a3rGabA9Iis+9b23n
m/5OKwN97jcPZiWrP+c2qfVmFjv2upCUUAuLuT0k05/DK70qpGKyMwklsNcC44Q=
=lRW5
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2016-09-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
wireless-drivers-next patches for 4.9
Major changes:
iwlwifi
* work for new hardware support continues
* dynamic queue allocation stabilization
* improvements in the MSIx code
* multiqueue support work continues
* new firmware version support (API 26)
* add 8275 series support
* add 9560 series support
* add support for MU-MIMO sniffer
* add support for RRM by scan
* add support for "reverse" rx packet injection faking hw descriptors
* migrate to devm memory allocation handling
* Remove support for older firmwares (API older than -17 and -22)
wl12xx
* support booting the same rootfs with both wl12xx and wl18xx
hostap
* mark the driver as obsolete
ath9k
* disable RNG by default
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While the driver is probing the adapter, an error may occur before the
netdev structure is allocated and attached to pci_dev. In this case,
not only netdev isn't available, but the tg3 private structure is also
not available as it is just math from the NULL pointer, so dereferences
must be skipped.
The following trace is seen when the error is triggered:
[1.402247] Unable to handle kernel paging request for data at address 0x00001a99
[1.402410] Faulting instruction address: 0xc0000000007e33f8
[1.402450] Oops: Kernel access of bad area, sig: 11 [#1]
[1.402481] SMP NR_CPUS=2048 NUMA PowerNV
[1.402513] Modules linked in:
[1.402545] CPU: 0 PID: 651 Comm: eehd Not tainted 4.4.0-36-generic #55-Ubuntu
[1.402591] task: c000001fe4e42a20 ti: c000001fe4e88000 task.ti: c000001fe4e88000
[1.402742] NIP: c0000000007e33f8 LR: c0000000007e3164 CTR: c000000000595ea0
[1.402787] REGS: c000001fe4e8b790 TRAP: 0300 Not tainted (4.4.0-36-generic)
[1.402832] MSR: 9000000100009033 <SF,HV,EE,ME,IR,DR,RI,LE> CR: 28000422 XER: 20000000
[1.403058] CFAR: c000000000008468 DAR: 0000000000001a99 DSISR: 42000000 SOFTE: 1
GPR00: c0000000007e3164 c000001fe4e8ba10 c0000000015c5e00 0000000000000000
GPR04: 0000000000000001 0000000000000000 0000000000000039 0000000000000299
GPR08: 0000000000000000 0000000000000001 c000001fe4e88000 0000000000000006
GPR12: 0000000000000000 c00000000fb40000 c0000000000e6558 c000003ca1bffd00
GPR16: 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000
GPR20: 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 c000000000d52768
GPR24: c000000000d52740 0000000000000100 c000003ca1b52000 0000000000000002
GPR28: 0000000000000900 0000000000000000 c00000000152a0c0 c000003ca1b52000
[1.404226] NIP [c0000000007e33f8] tg3_io_error_detected+0x308/0x340
[1.404265] LR [c0000000007e3164] tg3_io_error_detected+0x74/0x340
This patch avoids the NULL pointer dereference by moving the access after
the netdev NULL pointer check on tg3_io_error_detected(). Also, we add a
check for netdev being NULL on tg3_io_resume() [suggested by Michael Chan].
Fixes: 0486a063b1 ("tg3: prevent ifup/ifdown during PCI error recovery")
Fixes: dfc8f37031 ("net/tg3: Release IRQs on permanent error")
Tested-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Milton Miller <miltonm@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G. Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove EEPROM flags in favor of new {get,set}_eeprom chip-wide
functions in the mv88e6xxx_ops structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a set_switch_mac chip-wide function to mv88e6xxx_ops and remove
MV88E6XXX_FLAG_G2_SWITCH_MAC flags.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a mv88e6xxx_ops structure to describe supported chip-wide
functions and assign the correct variant to the chip models.
For the moment, add only PHY access routines. This allows to get rid of
the PHY ops structures and the usage of PHY flags.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6xxx_ops is used to describe how to access the chip registers.
It can be through SMI (via an MDIO bus), or via another interface such
as crafted remote management frames.
The correct BUS operations structure is chosen at runtime, depending on
the chip address and connectivity.
We will need the mv88e6xxx_ops name for future chip-wide operation
structure, thus rename mv88e6xxx_ops to more explicit mv88e6xxx_bus_ops.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The STU (if the switch has one) is abstracted and accessed through the
VTU operations and data registers.
Thus rename the mv88e6xxx_vtu_stu_entry struct to mv88e6xxx_vtu_entry.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an mv88e6xxx_num_ports helper instead of digging in the chip info
structure.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6xxx_num_databases will be used by shared code, so move it
inline to the header file.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add flags to describe the presence of Global 1 ATU FID register (0x01)
and VTU FID register (0x02), instead of checking families.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to the ports, phys, and Global SMI devices, abstract the SMI
device address of the Global 2 registers in a few g2 static helpers.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Global (1) internal SMI device is an extended set of registers
containing ATU, PPU, VTU, STU, etc.
It is present on every switches, usually at SMI address 0x1B. But old
models such as 88E6060 access it at address 0xF, thus using REG_GLOBAL
is erroneous.
Add a global1_addr info member used by mv88e6xxx_g1_{read,write} and
mv88e6xxx_g1_wait helpers in a new global1.c file.
This patch finally removes _mv88e6xxx_reg_{read,write}, in favor on the
appropriate helpers. No functional changes here.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reading addresses, interrupts, and _DSD properties
from ACPI tables, just like with device tree. The HID for the
EMAC device itself is QCOM8070. The internal PHY is represented
by a child node with a HID of QCOM8071.
The EMAC also has some complex clock initialization requirements
that are not represented by this patch. This will be addressed
in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the DT-specific of_get_mac_address() function with
device_get_mac_address, which works on both DT and ACPI platforms. This
change makes it easier to add ACPI support.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The platform_device returned by of_find_device_by_node() is not
automatically released when the driver unprobes. Therefore,
managed calls like devm_ioremap_resource() should not be used.
Instead, we manually allocate the resources and then free them
on driver release.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building with W=1, we got one warning as belows:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath6kl/wmi.c:3509:6: warning: variable ‘ret’
set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
At the end of ath6kl_wmi_set_pvb_cmd, it is returned by 0 regardless of
return value of ath6kl_wmi_cmd_send.
This patch fixes return value from 0 to ret that has result of
ath6kl_wmi_cmd_send execution.
Signed-off-by: Chaehyun Lim <chaehyun.lim@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath9k RNG will dominates all the noise sources from the real HW
RNG, disable it by default. But we strongly recommand to enable
it if the system without HW RNG, especially on embedded systems.
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Stephan Mueller <smueller@chronox.de>
Acked-by: Stephan Mueller <smueller@chronox.de>
Reviewed-by: Jason Cooper <jason@lakedaemon.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware is running watchdog timer for tracking copy engine ring index
and write index. Whenever both indices are stuck at same location for
given duration, watchdog will be trigger to assert target. While
updating copy engine destination ring write index, driver ensures that
write index will not be same as read index by finding delta between these
two indices (CE_RING_DELTA).
HTT target to host copy engine (CE5) is special case where ring buffers
will be reused and delta check is not applied while updating write index.
In rare scenario, whenever CE5 ring is full, both indices will be referring
same location and this is causing CE ring stuck issue as explained
above. This issue is originally reported on IPQ4019 during long hour stress
testing and during veriwave max clients testsuites. The same issue is
also observed in other chips as well. Fix this by ensuring that write
index is one less than read index which means that full ring is
available for receiving data.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Tested-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Ignore processing further in SWBA event scheduled for a vif, if mac80211
has marked the particular vif for stop beaconing and brought the vdev
down in 'ath10k_control_beaconing'. This should potentially avoid ath10k
warning/error messages while running continuous wifi down/up with max
number of vaps configured. Found this change during code walk through
and going through other beacon configuration related functions in ath10k
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling case
instead of 0, as done elsewhere in function ath10k_ahb_probe() or
ath10k_ahb_resource_init().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for the first two members of the Renesas RZ/G family, RZ/G1M/E
(also known as R8A7743/5). The Ether core is the same as in the R-Car gen2
SoCs, so will share the code/data with them...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Acked-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, in order to offload a FIB entry to HW we use switchdev op.
Use the newly introduced FIB notifier infrasturucture to process
FIB entries to offload the in HW.
Abort mechanism is now handled within the rocker driver.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, in order to offload a FIB entry to HW we use switchdev op.
However that has limits. Mainly in case we need to make the HW aware of
all route prefixes configured in kernel. HW needs to know those in order
to properly trap appropriate packets and pass the to kernel to do
the forwarding. Abort mechanism is now handled within the mlxsw driver.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a reset occurs, the PPS SYS_WRAP interrupt was not re-enabled which
resulted in disabling of the PPS signaling. Fix this by recording when
the interrupt is on and ensuring that we re-enable it every time we
reset.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump igb version to match other igb drivers.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump version to match other igbvf drivers.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ethtool.c:2707:5: warning:
symbol 'igb_rxnfc_write_vlan_prio_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
